Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Colony Factory Crafted Homes
(-1 0" Fitt RAI MANI, IF AC F I IRC-10 P - ) HOUSING CONS TR,10,1 ION & SAFE if ST ANI1AillPi 0 m C- C-F z z 2301 0 cr: 04 015120211 Index of Steps IMPORTANT NOTICES 1 SAFETY 1 RESOURCES 1 FEDERAL PREEMPTION 1 DEFINITIONS 1 ENGINEER'S STAMP 3 SYMBOLS USED IN THE MANUAL 4 ABBREVIATIONS 4 ALTERNATIVE FOUNDATION SYSTEMS 4 DISPLAY AND STORAGE OF THE HOME 4 6 STEP 1. LOCATE THE DATA PLATE 6 STEP 2. CONFIRM WIND ZONE 6 STEP 3. CONFIRM THERMAL ZONE 7 STEP 4. CONFIRM ROOF-LOAD ZONE 8 STEP 5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS 9 STEP 1. PLAN SITE ACCESS 10 STEP 2. DETERMINE HOME LOCATION AND LAYOUT 10 STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE 11 STEP 4. DETERMINE SOIL CONDITION 11 STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL-BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST LINE 12 STEP 6. DETERMINE GROUND ANCHOR HOLDING CAPACITY 13 ,NGS 14 STEP 1. DESIGN POINT LOAD SUPPORTS 14 STEP 2. DESIGN FRAME SUPPORTS (Homes Without Perimeter Blocking) 17 STEP 3. DESIGN FRAME AND PERIMETER SUPPORTS (Homes With Perimeter Blocking) 17 STEP 4. SELECT FOOTING MATERIAL 19 STEP 5. SIZE FOOTINGS 20 STEP 6. INSTALL FOOTINGS 22 vS STEP 1. OBTAIN A FOUNDATION DESIGN 24 STEP 2. EXCAVATE 24 STEP 3. CONSTRUCT THE FOOTINGS OR SLAB 24 STEP 4. CONSTRUCT THE PERIMETER WALL 24 STEP 5. INSTALL INTERIOR SUPPORTS 25 STEP 6. DAMP PROOF FOUNDATION WALL 25 STEP 7. BACKFILL AND GRADE 25 . 26 STEP 1. PREPARE FOR SET 26 STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION 26 STEP 3. LIFT HOME 26 STEP 4. CONSTRUCT PIERS 28 PLETE MULT1-SECTION SET________ ....,...,..,...... 32 STEP 1. INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE ANCHORS 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED ›. 32 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :13 STEP 2. REMOVE PROTECTIVE SHIPPING MATERIALS & SAFETY STANDARDS xj. 32 STEP 3. COMPLETE HINGED ROOF 0 0 32 cZ < STEP 4. REPAIR OR INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE GASKET m 36 ce ail $12019 EET 38 STEP 6. CONNECT FLOORS 38 STEP 7. CONNECT ROOF 40 STEP 8. CONNECT WALLS 42 STEP 9. ATTACH TAG UNITS 44 STEP 10. REMOVE TEMPORARY ITEMS 46 STEP 11. FASTEN HOME TO FOUNDATION 46 STEP 12. BACKFILL AND GRADE 46 STEP 13. BUILD STAIRS 46 STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF 47 STEP 2. COMPLETE TAG UNIT ROOF 49 STEP 3. COMPLETE SIDE WALLS 50 STEP 1. CONNECT ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS 51 STEP 2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BONDING 54 STEP 3. CONNECT WATER LINES 54 56 STEP 5. CONNECT GAS LINES 57 STEP 6. CONNECT TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV WIRING 58 STEP 1. ALIGN MARRIAGE WALLS 59 STEP 2. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD 59 STEP 3. COMPLETE WALL AND CEILING FINISHES 59 STEP 4. COMPLETE CARPET 59 STEP 5. COMPLETE TRIM 60 STEP 6. INSTALL SHIP LOOSE ITEMS 60 STEP 1. DETERMINE ANCHOR LOCATIONS 61 STEP 2. DETERMINE TIE-DOWN CONFIGURATION 64 STEP 3. SELECT ANCHORS 65 STEP 4. INSTALL ANCHORS 66 STEP 5. INSTALL STRAPS 67 STEP 6. TIGHTEN AND ADJUST STRAPS 71 STEP 1. CONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE 72 STEP 2. CONNECT WATER SERVICE 75 STEP 3. CONNECT GAS SERVICE 78 STEP 4. CONNECT OIL SERVICE 79 INSTALL AIR CONDITIONER OR HEAT PUMP PREPARE HEATING SYSTEM INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT PREPARE VENTILATION SYSTEM PREPARE FUEL-BURNING WATER HEATER PREPARE CLOTHES DRYER PREPARE SMOKE ALARMS PREPARE FIREPLACES PREPARE KITCHEN AND BATH APPLIANCES I FIXTURES INSTALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING m 3/141.1 Si STEP 5. POSITION ADDITIONAL HOME SECTIONS STEP 4. CONNECT DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT LINES FEDERAL MANUFACTURED Xz. o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 1) & SAFETY STANDARDS xi 08 81 82 82 84 84 84 85 86 88 89 INSTALL CEILING FANS/LIGHTS 89 TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 91 STEP 1. REPAIR AND SEAL BOTTOM BOARD 92 STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER 92 STEP 3. INSTALL SKIRTING 93 STEP 4. ASSEMBLE OPTIONAL WIND PROTECTION SHUTTERS 94 STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE-BUILT STRUCTURES 95 STEP 1. VERIFY ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION (A/C) INSPECTION STEP 2. COMPLETE INSPECTION CHECKLIST STEP 3. COMPLETE ENERGY STAR CHECKLIST TYPICAL CRAWLSPACE & BASEMENT FOUNDATION (A-1) 100 TYPICAL FOUNDATION SECTIONS (A-2 THRU A-4) 101 to 103 104 105 106 IDENTIFICATION OF FOUNDATION SUPPORT LOCATIONS (A-8) 107 ALTERNATE TIE DOWN SYSTEM (A-9) 108 OPTIONAL FOLDING DORMER SET-UP (A-10) 109 ALTERNATE EXT. VINYL CORNER APPLICATIONS (A-11) 110 FIELD INSTALLATION OF LOWER COURSE VINYL SIDING (A-12) 111 SADDLE ROOF SET-UP (A-13) 112 TYPICAL TRIPLE-WIDE TAG CLOSE-UP (A-14) 113 114 115 ALTERNATE FLEXIBLE DUCT CROSS OVER APPLICATION (A-17) 116 SUPPLEMENTAL ROOF CLOSE AND RIDGE VENT DETAILS (A-18) 117 TYPICAL FLOATING SLAB (A-19) 118 ALTERNATIVE SLAB OPTION IRC 2015 BASED- ALL STATES (A-19.4 THRU A-19.6) 119 to 121 ALTERNATIVE SLAB OPTION (WI STATE ONLY) (A-19.7.1 THRU A-19.7.2) 122 to 123 FOUNDATION ALTERNATIVES TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (A-19.55) 124 TYPICAL OFFSET SUNKEN (A-20) 125 INSTALLTION ADDENDUM FOR TYPICAL 3-SECTION HOME (A-21) 126 ALT. METAL ROOFING SITE INSTALLATION (NON-HINGED ROOF) (A-22) 127 ALT. METAL ROOFING SITE INSTALLATION (HINGED ROOF) (A-22.1 THRU A-22.4) 128 to 131 TYPICAL PIER SET APPLICATION FOR SINGLE WIDE HOME (A-23) 132 SUPPLEMENT FOR SITE ATTACHED GARAGE (A-24 THRU A-24.8) 133 to 141 ALT. APPL. MAIN RAIL EXTENSION (A-26) 142 ADDENDUM FOR STORAGE MATE LINE CONNECTION (A-27) 143 144 INFORMATION FOR SITE- CONSTRUCTED CARPORT CONNECTING TO EXT. WALL (A-29) 145 146 to 147 FIELD INSTALLED SHEATHING ON HINGED ROOF TRUSS AT GABLE END WALLS (A-48-1) 148 TYPICAL FIELD DECKING REPAIR INSTRUCTION (AD-01) 149 INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLETE 7/12 ATTIC ACCESS (AD-02) 150 E-itE F At. rviAllig At: rye HOUSiNG CONS TRuc, T SA/E TY ST ANU ‹r: 01 10151202 96 96 96 STEP 4. CLEAN THE HOME 96 TYPICAL BASEMENT CROSSBEAM CONNECTIONS (A-5) RESIDENTIAL FRAME FOUNDATION SECTIONS (A-6) ALTERNATE LATERAL SIDEWALL SUPPORT (A-7) SMOKE ALARM AND 3-WAY SWITCH CONNECTION (A-15) TYPICAL SMOKE ALARM CONNECTION (A-16) ADDENDUM FOR ADJUSTABLE OUTRIGGER (A-28) STORAGE ATTIC INSULATION / VENTILATION (A-30 THRU A-30.1) Introduction This installation manual contains instructions that must be followed for the proper installation of the home. It complies with the HUD Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards. Please read all instructions and any other documents (includ- ing addendum pages and supplements) that may apply to the specific home prior to commencing site work or installation. This installation manual covers permits and site work through final inspection of the installation. It covers both single and multi-section homes installed over pier and anchor, load bearing crawl space walls and basement foundations. It contains instructions, including specifications and procedures, for the set and hookup of manufactured homes to be used as single- family dwellings. The importance of correct installation cannot be over-emphasized. Correct installation is absolutely essential to home- owner satisfaction and the structural integrity of the home. All instructions must be followed to provide the customer with a safe, quality home. No manual can cover all circumstances that may exist for certain home designs or building sites. For questions, further clarification, or if you encounter conditions at the site or in the design of the home or its foundation not covered by this manual, please contact Commodore Homes (see Resources, p. 1), a registered engineer, or registered architect. Supplemental addendum pages are included with this manual. Supplements include requirements not covered in this manual or that supersede the manual instructions. Once the home installation is complete, leave this manual with the home. • Installation defects due to the work of the installer are the responsibility of the installer. • To keep the home in compliance with its warranty, the home installation must follow the procedures described in this manual or other procedures approved by the manufacturer. Deviation from the instructions in this manual may void the home's warranty. Any alterations or changes to the home shall be approved by a registered engi- neer or registered architect and may still be subject to warranty violations. • When an installer does not provide support and anchorage in accordance with the approved manufacturer's in- stallation instructions, or encounters site conditions (such as areas that are subject to flood damage or high seismic risk) or other conditions that prevent the use of the instructions provided in this manual, the installer must obtain special site-specific instructions from the manufacturer or use a design approved by a registered engineer or registered architect. (Refer also to alternative design requirements on pg. 4) • The installer must possess a valid installation license as a manufactured home installer. • If the installer identifies failures of the home to comply with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards (the HUD Code), the installer must notify Commodore and the retailer. There are potential hazards associated with the installation of a manufactured home. Home installers are licensed, and as experienced professionals, should recognize these hazards, be qualified to work with them, and be capable of providing safe work practices and equipment that minimize the risks of injury. Only qualified persons should install a manufactured home. As qualified professionals in the field of manufactured home installation, installers are the experts and must be aware of the hazards and conditions faced. Warnings are published throughout this manual as reminders. These reminders may not cover all hazards, all potential hazards, or all possible consequences of improper or unsafe installation practices. Construction crews should be trained in the skills required and be supervised by experienced personnel. Installers should regularly inspect work performed by crews and subcontractors. Obey OSHA regulations, particularly those related to home construction, such as Title 29 Code of Regulations Part 1926. For copies of OSHA regulations, call (202) 512-1800 or visit on the web. Contact information: See back cover for manufacturing facilities. °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS ,ct LL p 3/1512019 1 Office of Regulatory Affairs and Manufactured Housing US Department of Housing and Urban Development 451 Seventh Street, SW, Room 9164 Washington, DC 20410-8000 Telephone: (202) 708-6423 or (800) 927-2891 FAX: (202) 708-4213 State Administrative Agencies A list of SAAs may be found on the web at www.hud.gov or by contacting the Office of Regulatory Affairs and Manu- factured Housing. This home was engineered, constructed, and inspected in conformance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construc- tion and Safety Standards of the US Department of Housing and Urban Development (24 CFR Part 3280, commonly re- ferred to as the "HUD Code") in effect on the date of manufacture. These Standards set forth minimum requirements for the design and construction of manufactured homes designed to be used as dwellings. Individual states, counties and cities shall have no authority to establish standards regarding the construction or safety of a manufactured home. A metal certification label is affixed to each section of the home to certify that it has been con- structed and inspected to comply with these Standards. The design plans and in-plant construction of all homes are in- spected by independent third party agencies to assure compliance with the Standards. The installation of the home and any alterations made to the home shall conform to the requirements of the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards and the HUD Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards. These installation instructions are minimum requirements. Applicable local or state laws may have more stringent installa- tion requirements than outlined in this manual and must be followed. Consult with the local authority having jurisdiction (LAHJ) for regulations that may require licenses and/or permits or which may affect procedures described in this manual. DEFINITIONS ANCHOR ASSEMBLY. Any device or other means designed to transfer loads to the ground. ANCHORING EQUIPMENT. Ties, straps, cables, turnbuckles, chains, and other approved components, including tension- ing devices that are used to secure a manufactured home to anchor assemblies. ANCHORING SYSTEM. A combination of anchoring equipment and anchor assemblies that will, when properly designed and installed, resist the uplift, overturning, and lateral forces on the manufactured home. BASEMENT. A load-bearing perimeter wall foundation that includes habitable space (finished or unfinished, heated or unheated) partly or completely below grade. CRAWLSPACE. The space underneath the home's floor system, enclosed with either load- or non-load bearing perimeter walls. The ground may be covered with a concrete slab or by a plastic ground cover. Crawlspace walls must be vent- ed. CROSSOVERS. Utility interconnections between sections of multi-section homes, including heating and cooling ducts, electrical circuits, and water pipes, drain plumbing, and gas lines. DATA PLATE. An information sheet located at the main electrical panel, in the utility room, in a bedroom closet, or in a cabinet in the kitchen. It contains a unique identification number and identifies the wind zone, roof load zone, and cli- matic zone for which the home was constructed. DIAGONAL TIE. A tie intended to resist horizontal or shear forces, but which may resist vertical, uplift, and overturning forces. FOOTING. That portion of the support system that transmits loads directly to the soil. GROUND ANCHOR. A specific anchoring assembly device designed to transfer home loads to the ground. H-BEAM. Steel H-beams are often used to support a home over a basement or crawlspace. They span across the foun- dation from sidewall to sidewall, typically with an intermediate support pier and footing (typically in the center point re- sulting in a line of piers under the centerline of a double section home). INFORMATION PACKET. A set of important documents provided with the home including warranties, information on high wind coverage, and other features of the specific home. INSTALLATION LICENSE. The proof that an installer meets the requirements for installing manufactured homes under the HUD-administered installation program. °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > O HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -0 St SAFETY STANDARDS 73 O 08 o ct < m LL' 0 2 311512019 LABELED. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of a certified testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other an organization concerned with product evaluation. The label indicates compliance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine suitable usage in a specified manner. LISTED OR CERTIFIED. Included in a list published by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equip- ment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets nationally recognized stand- ards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. LOAD-BEARING PERIMETER WALL FOUNDATION. A support system for the home whereby the home is mechanically fastened to a structural wall(s) that transfers gravity, lateral, and uplift loads to the ground. LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (LAHJ). The state, city, county, municipality, utility, or organization that has local responsibilities that must be complied with during the installation of a manufactured home. MUST. Indicates a mandatory requirement. N/A. Indicates not applicable. PIER. That portion of the support system between the footing and the manufactured home, exclusive of shims. Types of piers include, but are not limited to: (1) manufactured steel stands; (2) pressure-treated wood; (3) manufactured con- crete stands; (4) concrete blocks; and (5) portions of foundation walls. PIER AND GROUND ANCHOR FOUNDATION. A support system for the home that employs piers under the chassis and other locations to support gravity loads and employs ground anchors and tie downs (the stabilizing system) to resist lateral and uplift loads. PERIMETER BLOCKING. Regularly spaced piers supporting the sidewalls and marriage line of the home. Some homes require perimeter blocking in addition to supports under the home's frame. QUALIFIED. Has the necessary knowledge and skills gained from experience and training that will allow performance of the job safely, competently, and in accordance with all applicable codes, standards, rules, and regulations. Meets all necessary qualification tests including any license and certification requirements that may be in effect in the area where the home will be installed. RAMADA. Any freestanding roof or shade structure, installed or erected over a manufactured home or any portion there- of. SHOULD. Indicates a recommendation that is strongly advised but not mandatory. SHALL. Indicates a mandatory requirement. SITE FOR A MANUFACTURED HOME. A designated parcel of land designed for the accommodation of one manufac- tured home, its accessory buildings or structures, and accessory equipment, for the exclusive use of the occupants of the home. SKIRTING. A weather-resistant material used to enclose the perimeter, under the living area of the home, from the bottom of the manufactured home to grade. STABILIZING SYSTEM. All components of the anchoring and support systems, such as piers, footings, ties, anchoring equipment, anchoring assemblies, or any other equipment, materials and methods of construction, that support and secure the manufactured home to the ground. SUPPORT SYSTEM. Pilings, columns, a combination of footings, piers, foundation walls, caps, and shims and any com- bination thereof that will, when properly installed, support and secure the manufactured home to the ground. TIE. Straps, cable, or securing devices used to connect the manufactured home to anchoring assemblies. UTILITY CONNECTION. The connection of the manufactured home to utilities that include, but are not limited to, electrici- ty, water, sewer, gas, or fuel oil. VERTICAL TIE. A tie intended to resist uplifting and overturning forces. WIND ZONE. The areas designated on the Basic Wind Zone Map, as further defined by the Manufactured Home Con- struction and Safety Standards. Certain pages of this manual display the seal of a registered engineer. Federal guidelines only require the seal from one state to be displayed, but the details herein apply to all states. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION S. SAFETY STANDARDS -,-, CI .4( rn 3 31/512019 This icon indicates an important warning. It is critical to heed these warnings. This icon indicates a recommended best practice. While not required, following these practices will result in a superior installation, reducing the chance that cosmetic or dura- bility related complaints might arise. ABS ANSI APA ASTM AWPA CFM CFR DWV EMT FEMA ft ga HUD in LAHJ lb(s) Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association American Society for Testing and Ma- terials American Wood Preservers Associa- tion Cubic feet per minute Code of Federal Regulations Drain, Waste, Vent Electrical metallic tubing Federal Emergency Management Agency Foot/feet Gauge US Department of Housing and Ur- ban Development Inch(es) Local Authority Having Jurisdiction Pound(s) max. MHCSS min. mph NEC NFIP NFPA o.c. OSHA OZ p. psf psi SAA sq ft Maximum Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Minimum Mile(s) per hour National Electric Code National Flood Insurance Program National Fire Protection Association On center Occupational Safety and Health Admin- istration Ounce(s) Page Pounds per square foot Pounds per square inch State Administrative Agency Square foot/feet TIVE FOUNDATI(7, Alternative foundation systems or designs are permitted if they are approved by the manufacturer and the DAPIA, and are in accordance with either of the following: • Systems or designs are manufactured and installed in accordance with their listings by a nationally recognized testing agency based on a nationally recognized testing protocol; or • System designs are prepared by a registered engineer or a registered architect or tested and certified by a regis- tered engineer or registered architect in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and are manufactured and installed so as not to take the home out of compliance with the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards. DISPLAY AND STORAGE OF THE HOME WEATHER PROTECTION If the installation is not started immediately upon delivery of the home, the retailer and/or installer has the responsibility to ensure the exterior weather protection covering of marriage walls and the roof of homes with hinged roofs has not been damaged during shipment. Inspect the home immediately upon the delivery and frequently during storage. Promptly repair tears in the home closure materials to prevent damage from the elements. Inspect and repair roof shingles and siding as needed. 4 311512019 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS m 0 SUPPORTING A HOME FOR DISPLAY When a new or used manufactured home is to be displayed at a retail location, temporarily block and support the home. Set up single-section homes with single block piers spaced no further apart than 12 feet o.c. beneath each I-beam. The tire and axle system may be used as one of these required supports, and the hitch jack may be used as another. Locate the first pier no further than two feet from the rear end of the home (Figure 1). Place additional piers along the perimeter on both sides of openings greater than four feet (i.e. sliding glass doors, bay windows, etc.). For multi-section homes, locate additional piers along the marriage line under support columns. These locations will be marked by us. Figure 1. Supporting a home for display 2'-0" 12'-0" Grade 12'-0" 12'-0" 12.-0" 12'-0" For all homes, place footings below each pier. Footings may be placed directly on the surface grade without excavation and may be ABS pads, 2 x 10 by 16 inch long pressure treated lumber or 16" x 16" by 4 inch thick concrete pads. SUPPORTING A HOME FOR STORAGE To prevent damage to homes being stored but not on display (i.e. people shall not be permitted inside the home) for a pe- riod exceeding 30 days, locate piers below each I-beam no further than two feet from each end of the home and at the approximate center of the home length. 317 ACT URED (r, 0; Rur TION SAFE T" Tfd "DARDS 0 0 m 0 111 5 Site appropriateness. If the site is not accessible, not appropriate for the planned support system or cannot be properly graded. notify the purchaser, the retailer and HUD, with the reasons why the site is unsuitable. Do not install the home until all issues are remedied. Getting Started Getting Started This chapter covers a few steps that, taken now, will avoid problems later in the installation process. STEP 1. LOCATE THE DATA PLATE Ir STEP 2. CONFIRM WIND ZONE STEP 3. CONFIRM THERMAL ZONE • STEP 4. CONFIRM ROOF-LOAD ZONE V' STEP 5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS Locate the data plate inside the home (Figure 2), typically inside a kitchen cabinet door or on a wall panel or door face near the electrical panel, utility room, or bedroom closet. Figure 2. Sample data plate 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > OHOUSING CONSTRUCTION.- 8. SAFE TV STANDARDS CD 08 o < < m ct o 311512019 The information on the data plate will be used to verify that the home was designed for the proper location. • From Table 1, identify the wind zone for the home. Verify that the home conforms to the following rules and any special requirements determined by the LAHJ. • No home may be located in a higher wind zone than that indicated on the data plate. • A home may be located in a lower wind zone than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for Wind Zone II can be placed in either Wind Zone II or I.) • Homes located within 1,500 feet of the coastline in Wind Zone II must be de- signed to withstand exposure `D' conditions. This will be indicated on the data plate. 6 Wind Zone I All areas except those areas listed below as being within Wind Zone II or Ill Counties of Baldwin and Mobile All counties except those listed below as within Wind Zone III Counties of Bryan, Camden, Chatham, Glynn, Liberty, McIntosh Parishes of Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron, East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana, Evangeline, Iberia, Iberville, Jefferson Davis, Lafayette, Livingston, Pointe Coupee, St. Helena, St. James, St. John the Baptist, St. Landry, St. Martin, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Vermillion, Washington, West Baton Rouge, and West Feliciana Counties of Hancock and Washington Counties of Barnstable, Bristol, Dukes, Nantucket, and Plymouth Counties of George, Hancock, Harrison, Jackson, Pearl River, and Stone Counties of Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Chowan, Columbus, Craven, Currituck, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans, Tyrrell, and Washington Counties of Beaufort, Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, Georgetown, Horry, Jasper, and Williamsburg Counties of Aransas, Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron, Chambers, Galveston, Jefferson, Kennedy, Kleberg, Mata- gorda, Nueces, Orange, Refugio, San Patricio, and Willacy Cities of Chesapeake, Norfolk, Portsmouth, Princess Anne, and Virginia Beach Entire state Coastal regions (as determined by the 90 mph isotach on the ANSI/ASCE 7-88 map) Counties of Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade, Franklin, Gulf, Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas. and Sarasota Parishes of Jefferson, La Fourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. Mary, and Terrebonne Counties of Carteret, Dare, and Hyde All regions of the U.S. Territories of American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the United States Virgin Islands Wind Zone II Alabama Florida Georgia Louisiana Maine Massachusetts Mississippi North Carolina South Carolina Texas Virginia Wind Zone III Hawaii Alaska Florida Louisiana North Carolina Other TABLE 1. WIND ZONE BY LOCALITY From Table 2, identify the thermal (UO) zone for the home. Verify that the home conforms to the following rules. No home may be located in an area with a higher thermal zone number than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for Thermal Zone 2 cannot be placed in Thermal Zone 3.) A home may be located in a lower thermal zone than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for Thermal Zone 2 may be placed in either Thermal Zone 2 or 1.). In no case may a home designated for installation in the "Humid & Fringe Climate," as identified on the data plate, be located outside of this region (Table 2). 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 0 & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 m 0 3/1512019 • • . 08 icr 7 Figure 3. Thermal (UO) zone map TABLE 2. HUMID AND FRINGE CLIMATE ZONES Humid and Fringe Climate Zone Alabama Counties of Baldwin, Barbour, Bullock, Butler, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Mobile, Monroe, Montgomery, Pike, Washington, and Wilcox Florida All counties and locations Georgia Counties of Appling, Atkinson, Bacon, Baker, Ben Hill, Berrien, Brantley, Brooks, Bryan, Calhoun, Camden, Charleston, Chatham, Clay, Clinch, Coffee, Colquitt, Cook, Crisp, Decatur, Dougherty, Early, Echols, Effingham, Evans, Glynn, Grady, Irwin, Jeff Davis, Lanier, Lee, Liberty, Long, Lowndes, McIntosh, Miller, Mitchell, Pierce, Quitman, Randolph, Seminole, Tattnall, Terrell, Thomas, Tift, Turner, Ware, Wayne, and Worth Hawaii All counties and locations Louisiana All counties and locations Mississippi Counties of Adams, Amite, Claiborne, Clarke, Copiah, Covington, Forrest, Franklin, George, Greene, Hancock, Harrison, Hinds, Issaquena, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jefferson Davis, Jones, Lamar, Lawrence, Lincoln, Mari- on, Pearl River, Perry, Pike, Rankin, Simpson, Smith, Stone, Walthall, Warren, Wayne, and Wilkinson Counties of Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, New Hanover, Onslow, and Pender Counties of Beaufort, Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, Georgetown, and Horry Counties of Anderson, Angelina, Aransas, Atascosa, Austin, Bastrop, Bee, Bexar, Brazoria, Brooks, Burleson, Caldwell, Calhoun, Cameron, Camp, Cass, Chambers, Cherokee, Colorado, Comal, De Witt, Dimmit, Duval, Falls, Fayette, Fort Bend, Franklin, Freestone, Frio, Galveston, Goliad, Gonzales, Gregg, Grimes, Guadalupe, Hardin, Harris, Harrison, Hays, Henderson, Hidalgo, Hopkins, Houston, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jim Hogg, Jim Wells, Karnes, Kaufman, Kennedy, Kinney, Kleberg, La Salle, Lavaca, Lee, Leon, Liberty, Limestone, Live Oak, Madison, Marion, Matagorda, Maverick, McMullen, Medina, Milam, Montgomery, Morris, Nacogdoches, Navarro, Newton, Nueces, Orange, Panola, Polk, Rains, Refugio, Robertson, Rusk, Sabine, San Augustine, San Jacinto, San Patri- cio, Shelby, Smith, Starr, Titus, Travis, Trinity, Tyler, Upshur, Uvalde, Val Verde, Van Zandt, Victoria, Walker, Wal- ler, Washington, Webb, Wharton, Willacy, Williamson, Wilson, Wood, Zapata, and Zavala North Carolina South Carolina Texas STEP 4. CONFiRM ROOF ZLNE From Table 3, identify the Roof Load Zone for the home. Verify that the home conforms to the following rules. • No home may be placed in an area with a higher roof load than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for the South (20 psf) Roof Load Zone cannot be placed in the Middle (30 psf) Roof Load Zone). • A home may be located in an area with a lower roof load than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for the Middle (30 psf) Roof Load Zone may be placed in the South (20 psf) Roof Load Zone). • There are special high roof load areas (primarily in mountains) not shown on the map. Contact the LAHJ or SAA for information about these areas. The home's data plate will indicate if the home has been designed for one of these high roof load areas. • Ramadas may be used in areas with roof live loads greater than 40 psf. Ramadas are to be self-supporting, except that any connection to the home must be for weatherproofing only. Areas subject to flooding. The foundation specifications contained in this manual are NOT intended to address flood loads. If the home is in the flood plain, consult a reg- istered engineer. FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION _71 & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 to m o 8 /15/2019 North (40 psf roof load) Alaska All counties Maine Counties of Aroostook, Piscataquis, Somerset, Penobscot, Waldo, Knox, Hancock, Washington Middle (30 psf roof load) All counties All counties Counties of: Buena Vista, Butler, Calhoun, Cerro Gordo, Cherokee, Chickasaw, Clay, Dickinson, Emmet, Floyd, Franklin, Hamilton, Hancock, Hardin, Howard, Humboldt, Ida, Kossuth, Lyon, Mitchell, O'Brien, Osceola, Palo Alto, Plymouth, Pocahontas, Sac, Sioux, Webster, Winnebago, Worth, Wright Counties of Androscoggin, Cumberland, Franklin, Kanabec, Lincoln, Oxford, Sagadahoc, York County of Essex Counties of Alger, Alcona, Alpena, Antrim, Baraga, Benzie, Charlevoix, Cheboygan, Chippewa, Crawford, Delta, Dickson, Emmet, Gogebic, Grand Traverse, Houghton, Iron, Kalkaska, Keweenaw, Leelanau, Luce, Mackinac, Marquette, Menominee, Missaukee, Montmorency, Ogemaw, Ontonagon, Oscoda, Otsego, Presque Isle, Ros- common, Schoolcraft, Wexford Counties of Aitkin, Anoka, Benton, Blue Earth, Brown, Cass, Carlton, Carver, Chippewa, Chisago, Cook, Cotton- wood, Crow Wing, Dakota, Dodge, Douglas, Faribault, Fillmore, Freeborn, Goodhue, Grant, Hennepin, Hubbard, Itasca, Isanti, Jackson, Kandiyohi, Kanabec, Koochiching, Lac qui Parle, Lake, Le Sueur, Lincoln, Lyon, McLeod, Meeker, Morrison, Millie Lacs, Mower, Martin, Murray, Nicollet, Nobles, Olmsted, Pipestone, Pine, Pope, Ramsey, Redwood, Renville, Rice, Rock, St. Louis, Sibley, Scott, Steele, Sherburne, Swift, Stearns, Stevens, Todd, Wade- na, Wright, Washington, Wabasha, Winona, Waseca, Watonwan, Yellow Medicine All Counties All Counties Counties of Cayuga, Clinton, Essex, Erie, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Living- ston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orleans, Oswego, St. Lawrence, Sara- toga, Schenectady, Seneca, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates Counties of Brookings, Clay, Codington, Deuel, Grant, Hamlin, Hanson, Hutchinson, Kingsbury, Lake, Lincoln, McCook, Miner, Minnehaha, Moody, Turner, Union, Yankee All Counties Counties of Addison, Caledonia, Chittenden, Essex, Franklin, Grand Isle, Lamoille, Orange, Orleans, Rutland, Washington, Windsor Counties of Ashland, Bayfield, Barron, Buffalo, Burnett, Clark, Chippewa, Door, Douglas, Dunn, Eau Claire, Flor- ence, Forest, Iron, Jackson, Langlade, Lincoln, Marathon, Marinette, Menominee, Oconto, Oneida, Pepin, Pierce, Polk, Price, Rusk, St. Croix, Sawyer, Taylor, Trempealeau, Vilas, Washburn All Counties Colorado Idaho Iowa Maine Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Montana New Hampshire New York South Dakota Utah Vermont Wisconsin Wyoming South (20 psf roof load) The states and counties not listed for the Middle or North roof load zone above are deemed to be within the South roof load zone. Other TABLE 3. ROOF LOADS BY LOCALITY Local regulations may set conditions for the setting and installation of a manufactured home. Consult the LAHJ, state manufac- tured housing association, and the state SAA (See Resources, p. 2) for the specific local requirements, including: • Building codes that may affect the construction of site built structures and infrastructure. • Local requirements regulating the installation of manufactured homes. • Setback requirements for property lines, streets, yards, and courts. • Fire separation distances. • Development covenants for the specific property. • The locations of flood hazard areas and any special foundation requirements for homes installed in those areas. In some areas, building permits are required to install manufactured homes. Prior to making any alteration to the site and the home, contact the LAHJ to determine if plan approval and permits are required. ()FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION SAFETY STANDARDS 0 CC 0 3/15/2019 9 Site Preparation. Commo- dore Homes has no control over the site planning and in- stallation of the home unless Commodore is responsible for the home's installation. Final responsibility for site prepara- tion, including soil stability and frost heave control, lies with the installer. An improperly prepared site may result in the denial of a foundation-related warranty claim. • Z." Fire separation. Comply with any LAHJ fire separation re- quirements or the require- ments NFPA 501A, 2003 edi- tion (Chapter 6). 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS CI tL 0 3115120619 Prepare the Site A properly prepared site is critical to a good quality installation and the long term structural stability of the home. This chapter explains the process of planning the site, evaluating the soil, and preparing the site for construction of the home's support sys- tem. Follow the Steps below: STEP 1. PLAN SITE ACCESS STEP 2. DETERMINE HOME LOCATION AND LAYOUT Ir STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE 57 STEP 4. DETERMINE SOIL CONDITIONS V STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST LINE STEP 6. DETERMINE GROUND ANCHOR HOLDING CAPACITY 4mma IMMINIMENNIE STEP F-IA,R Planning the route to the site is typically the responsibility of the retailer or transportation company. Whoever is responsible must secure state permits from the states through which the home will pass. In planning the route, avoid obstructions that might interfere with the passage of the home, such as low hanging wires and trees, low overpasses, and bridges not suitable for the load. Contact the utility company if wires need to be moved. Do not allow branches, bushes, or other foliage to scrape against the home as the home is moved to the site. Avoid ditches, beams, steep slopes, and soft ground. Identify and fill any holes and soft spots into which the transporter's wheels may sink. Avoid moving over steep changes in grade (20 degrees or more). If required, provide for home storage and staging areas on the site. Plan the delivery and staging of home sections and materials so that after all deliveries are complete, home sec- tions and materials can be accessed for use and installed in the appropriate sequence. Orient home sections so they do not have to be rotated or excessively maneuvered during the installation process. Plan for temporary needs, such as dumpsters, portable toilets, crew parking, delivery vehicle drop-offs and concrete mixer deliveries. Before moving the manufactured home to the site, inform the LAHJ and make sure the site is prepared and utilities are available. MiNE HOME A.TION AND LAYOUT The home location may have already been determined by others. If not, plan the home lo- cation and layout in compliance with the regulations researched in Getting Started, STEP 5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS. Contact utilities for locations of ex- isting infrastructure, such as underground cables, pipes, and electrical lines. When planning the site improvements, consider the following: • The home location should be level. • Avoid contact with large trees, steep slopes, poorly drained areas, and potential flood zones. • Preserve trees and shrubs for shade, visual screens, and windbreaks. • Plan the driveway, parking areas, septic, well, other structures, and utility lines. 10 v I Hi— E1117111= 111111=11E-11 1 III "IF =111,-11111=1, 11=111=11 I HII_=_IM-11111H1 --.11 1111111%911 grl 1 -1q_5117 IT -11 11 1H, 11141--FpiF-ME °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )' HOUSING CONSTRUCTION ;C1 08 <c" ed & SAFETY STANDARDS • Consider future additions, such as screen rooms, porches, and awnings. • Site the home away from natural water paths. Trim overhanging foliage considering future growth, potential storms, swaying in wind and snow/ice-weighted branches. Remove organic material such as vegetation, wood, roots, twigs, dead branches, grass, and brush from directly under the home. Remove any debris that could become termite infested from the site and surrounding area. Remove all other debris from the home location, including roots from beneath footing locations. Properly dis- pose of all items. Crown the site (Figure 4) away from the foundation for the first ten feet with a minimum slope of 1/2 inch per foot. Where property lines, walls, slopes, or other physical conditions prohibit this slope, provide the site with drains, swales, or grading to drain water away from the structure. Any fill required to grade the site should be inorganic "controlled fill" applied in a maximum of four inch layers, compacted between each layer to at least 90% of its maximum relative density. Direct runoff away from the site using ditches and beams (Figure 5). If the home will have skirting, start grading from two feet in from the edge of the home. As\ Hcuse Ae- A A'A A Arrows Indicate Indicate direction of water flow. Site drainage. Moisture under the home can result in struc- tural damage to the floor sys- tem and other parts of the home. Failure to provide ade- quate slope/drainage can re- sult in moisture-related prob- lems such as mold, mildew, and erosion. Figure 4. Crown the soil under the home to prevent water ponding Figure 5. Direct runoff away from the home Grade the ground so that water under porches, decks, and recessed entries flows away from the home. If proper grading is not possible, use other methods such as a drain tile and automatic sump pump system to remove any water that may collect under the home. Gutters and downspouts. Manufactured homes with a fascia board present are suitable for the installation of gutters and downspouts. If gutters and downspouts are to be added to the home, they must effectively direct runoff away from the home. The materials used and installation must comply with all state and local codes and have the approval of the local authority having jurisdiction. Any site built structure that imposes any load to the manufac- tured home must not exceed the design loads of the home as recorded on the data plate in the home. Tires, Axles and Hitches. These may or may not be removed. The additional dead weights of these materials should be supported if the tires and axles are left on. The tires, axles and hitches may be retained for future use. - L C Examine the soil type under the proposed home location to make sure it is suitable for placement of a home. The design of the home's support system, including footing/pier spacing and size, will in part be determined by the bearing capacity of the soil, and if ground anchors are used, by the soil's withdrawal strength. 3i1512019 11 'yr • Soil. Inadequate soil bearing capacity or a support system mismatched to the soil charac- teristics can result in exces- sive or differential settlement of the home, which can cause the home to go out of level, resulting in jammed doors and windows, cracks in finishes and ruptured plumbing con- nections. The soil under every portion of the support system must meet the following criteria: • The soil must be firm and undisturbed (not previously excavated) or fill compacted to at least 90% of its maximum relative density. Uncompacted fill will settle over time, causing the home to shift and become unlevel. • Fill must not contain large debris. This too will settle over time. • The soil must not be comprised of organic clays or peat. Organic material can de- cay, causing settlement, and also may harbor pests that can infest the home. • The water table must be below the lowest level of the planned support sys- tem/foundation. A soil's bearing capacity can be greatly reduced when it is satu- rated with water. Note that water tables may vary with seasonal or climactic condi- tions. Consult a geologist or the LAHJ if you are unsure of the water table level. • The soil must not be a highly expansive type. Expansive soils can expand when they become saturated with water, causing the home to shift and become unlevel. If soils are expansive, contact a registered engineer, or registered architect to as- sist with the design of the foundation system. The soil under a home must be capable of withstanding the loads imposed by the weight of the home, its support system and furnishings, as well as any loads imposed by wind, snow, or other climactic conditions. SOIL-BEARING CAPACITY Determine the soil-bearing capacity in pounds per square foot (psf) before designing a support system. The higher the capacity (psf), the more weight the soil can hold without unduly compressing. As the soil-bearing capacity increases, footings can be reduced in size or spaced farther apart. Use one or more of the following methods to determine the site's soil bearing capacity: • Test the soil. Hire a registered geologist, registered engineer, or registered archi- tect to determine the soil classification and maximum allowable soil bearing ca- pacity by testing the soil in accordance with generally accepted engineering prac- tice. • Obtain soil records. The local office of the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Nat- ural Resources Conservation Service (www„soils.usciaxiov) and/or the LAHJ may have test results and/or soil analysis on file for the area. • Conduct a pocket penetrometer test. Use a pocket penetrometer to estimate al- lowable soil-bearing capacity as follows: 1. Select a location that will be under a footing. 2. Clear an area of a minimum of one square foot at least four inches deep or to the depth of the bottom of the planned footing. 3. Using the instructions provided with the pocket penetrometer, take at least five readings. 4. Discard the high and low readings and average the remaining readings. Round this result down to the nearest soil-bearing value shown in the right column. 5. Confirm that the rounded result matches the soil description. • Determine soil-bearing value by visual examination. If one of the options above is not available, the values on Table 4, located in this section, may be used to establish soil-bearing capacity by visual examination. This method provides lower capacity values than the options above. Accurate soil identification typically requires special training or expertise. An engineer or building code official may be able to assist in classifying the soil found on the site. 12 Soil bearing capacity. Sup- port systems on soils with bearing capacities less than 1,000 psf must be designed by a registered engineer or regis- tered architect and approved by the LAHJ. Limitations of pocket pene- trometers. Pocket penetrome- ters do not work on sand or gravel. To determine allowable pressure for these types of soils. If you encounter a layer of gravel, test the soil under the gravel. Do not put the penetrometer on stones larger than its tip as this will provide an inaccurate reading. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :3 & SAFETY STANDARDS o CI 7:1 m ce ci 311512019 Soil Type (and classification) Allowable Pressure (psf) Rock or hard pan (class 1) Sandy gravel and gravel; very dense and/or cemented sands; course gravel/cobbles; preloaded silts, clays and coral (class 2) Sand; silty sand; clayey sand; silty gravel; medium dense course sands; sandy gravel; very stiff silt, sand clays (class 3) Clay, sandy clay, silty clay, clayey silt (classes 4A and 4B) 1,000 Uncompacted fill, peat, organic clays (class 5) Professional testing required 4,000 2,000 1,500 TABLE 4. SOIL-BEARING CAPACITY BY SOIL TYPE Note that soil types may vary across a home site. In this case, the soil with the lowest bear- ing capacity should be assumed when designing the support system. Keep a record of the soil-bearing capacity value; it will be used later to design the home's support system. FROST LINE In climates subject to ground freezing, consult the LAHJ, a registered engineer, or regis- tered architect to determine the depth of the frost line. Figure 6 may be used as a guideline when there is no specific local determination. Keep a record of the frost depth; it will be used later to design the home's support system Figure 6. Average frost pene- tration depth (in feet) rAoir • /AZ T T When using auger-type ground anchors to tie down the home, first, use a torque probe to determine the anchor-holding strength of the soil on the site. Use a torque probe with a shaft of sufficient length to test the soil at the depth of the an- chor helical plate. Augur the probe into the ground, and following the probe manufacturer's instructions, take the torque wrench reading in the area where the anchors will be installed and at the depth of the anchor helix. If the soil varies in consistency across the site, then use the lowest reading. Based on this reading, consult the anchor manufacturer's charts to select the anchor type(s). Torque Probe. Before using the torque probe, check with the utility companies for the location of underground ca- bles or pipes to avoid contact with the probe shaft. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION ;13 & SAFETY STANDARDS xi 0 08 6 13 311512019 High roof loads. For roof loads of 40 psf or greater, a registered engineer or regis- tered architect must deter- mine the maximum marriage wall opening permitted with- out pier or other supports. Install Footings This chapter provides instructions for the design and construction of individual footings that transfer the load from a single pier to the ground. A footing and pier together (discussed in Set the Home) is referred to as a "support." A footing may also be designed to carry the load of multiple piers (often called "strip" footings). The design of strip footings is not cov- ered in this manual. Follow the Steps below: 3 STEP 1. DESIGN POINT LOAD SUPPORTS 3 STEP 2. DESIGN FRAME SUPPORTS (Homes Without Perimeter Blocking) V. STEP 3. DESIGN FRAME AND PERIMETER SUPPORTS (Homes With Perimeter Blocking) • STEP 4. SELECT FOOTING MATERIALS • STEP 5. SIZE FOOTINGS STEP 6. INSTALL FOOTINGS 4:"Atlf"gct'M -"a •:.? INN p All homes will need supports, and therefore footings, under the frame, marriage line (for multi-section homes), exterior wall openings and other heavy point loads. You may have been provided a blocking diagram (or tags, labels, paint or other markings under the home) indicating the required locations and/or loads for perimeter, marriage line and/or frame supports specifically for this home. If so, this support information is based up- on the typical standard foundation support information found in this approved manual. Therefore, this dimensional information is to be followed in regard to the specific home de- livered. Create a sketch of the home that includes the exterior walls, the frame I-beams and the marriage line(s), if a multi-section home. The sketch will be used in this chapter to locate each support, and note the size of the corresponding footing. Figure 7 is an example of such a support plan. PORCH AREA Figure 7. Example of support plan 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :g & SAFETY STANDARDS CI Ecr m 311512019 14 As the location and load for each support is determined, note it on the sketch. When select- ing locations for supports, keep in mind that increasing the spacing between supports will increase the load on that support and the size of the required footing. DETERMINE LOCATIONS Point loads exist where a bearing/structural weight is concentrated and transferred to the foundation at a specific point. Locate a support under each point load, including the follow- ing examples: • Exterior doors on side walls at both sides of each door (blocking is not required at exterior doors on non-bearing end walls). • Other exterior wall openings four feet and greater at both sides of each opening (including multiple windows that total four feet wide or more without intermediate supports, even if individual windows are less than four feet). • Specific foundation plans are provided for sectional homes. Refer to appropriate foundation plan for required locations for marriage line supports. • Locations where through-the-rim crossover ducts penetrate the rim joist at the marriage line (unless otherwise noted in supplemental documents provided with the home or unless the home is constructed with a perimeter frame system). • Marriage line columns. • Load-bearing porch posts. • Under heavy (400 lbs or greater) items, such as heavy furniture, waterbeds, fire- places and large fish tanks. Mark the required point load support locations on the sketch. Supports are not required where we have reinforced the floor (such as with additional outriggers or floor joists) and so noted in the documentation provided with the home. Figure 8. Typical point- load support locations PORCH AREA 1C Combined Span ( A + B ) Span or Opening Less Ridge Beam Than 48 Inches in Width rj Figure 9. Typical point- load support locations along the marriage line. Wall more than 16 Inches in Width Column Post or Wall Less Than 16 Inches in Width Span D Span C 1 Span B Span A Main I-Beam Footing Sized For Span D Footing sized for Single Spans C & D Respectively. Footing sized (Note : If Wall is Less Than 16 for Span C Inches in Width. Use Combined Spans C & D With a Single Pier Footing sized Span B Footing Sized for Span A + B Footing Sized for Span A CALCULATE LOADS Use Table 5 to determine the loads on point-load supports. For each support, find the col- umns with the appropriate roof load zone and section width. Find the row(s) corresponding to the span (see Figure 9 for guidance on determining spans — if a support is shared by spans on both sides, add the respective loads together to arrive at the total load under that point). Note the required loads next to each point load support on the sketch. PWLI.- J. L.../,111., ,fi‘ i No.. m . ..... ..... . .... ... -.---- RIDGE BEAM SPAN FOOTING CAPACITY ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) PIER AND FOOTING LOAD PER MATING WALL OPENING 5'-0" 10'-0" 15'-0" 20'-0" 25'-0" 30'-0" 35'-0" 20 1,200 2,300 3,500 4,700 5,800 7,000 8,100 30 1,600 3,100 4,700 6,200 7,800 9,300 10,900 1,900 40 3,800 5,800 7,500 9,700 11,600 13,600 NOTES: 1. FRAME BLOCKING ONLY, PERIMETER SUPPORT NOT REQUIRED EXCEPT AT OPENINGS. 2. VALUES PER 3285.303 TABLE 3 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -411 & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 0 m 311512019 16 E 3, D With Perin, Jr: . L.+ I DETERMINE LOCATIONS All homes require regularly spaced supports along all man frame -beams Select spacing between supports and sketch them on the support plan Those under homes with 10 or 12 deep I-beams may be no more than 10 feet apart with 10 I-beams or 12 feet with 12; I- beams Generally greater distances between supports will require larger footings Figure 10 shows typical frame support locators Spacing frame supports. End piers under main !- beams may be set back a maximum of 24 inches as measured from the outside edge of the floor to the center of the pier Figure 10. Typical support locations for homes not re- quiring regularly spaced pe- nmeter supports CALCULATE LOADS Find the column with the appropriate roof load zone and section width in Table 6 Find the row corresponding to the selected support spacing The number in the intersecting cell is the load Loads on all frame supports can be assumed to be equal if support spacing is equal How- ever if different support spacings are used then each support with a different spacing should be calculated separately Note the location and load required of each support on the sketch TABLE 6. LOAD ON FRAME SUPPORTS FOR HOMES NOT REQUIRING PERIME- TER BLOCKING FRAME I--BEAM PIER LOADS J40N-PERIMETER BLOCKED HOMES) ROOF LIVE PIER LOAD (LBS) PER ER SPACING LOAD (PSF) , 6'-O" 8.-0" T ' 0.- 0" 2 12 -0" ' 20 1 4,200 , 5,500 6.800 8,100 30 ' 4,700 6,200 7,600 9,200 , 40 5,200 6,900 1 8.500 10,300 NOTES, 1 FRAME BLOCKING ONLY. PERIMETER SUPPORT NO-' REQUIRED EXCEPT AT OREN11145S. '2 STAGING OF PIERS Dr, HOMES VirrH 1C' I-BEAM SHALL NOT EXCEED IC -a , HOME IJIJS - HAVE 12 1-BEALCS TO USE 1 2 SPAC N:_i OPTION_ 3_ VALUES PER 3285 302 TABLE 1 NDM ETER 105 DETERMINE LOCATIONS Depending on design and location some homes require regularly spaced perimeter sup- ports along all of the sidewalls and marriage walls in addition to frame supports This will be indicated on the data plate and/or documents included with the home If required, perimeter supports are only needed on bearing walls Bearing walls are those O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION "t) 8• SAFETY STANDARDS 08 m 3/1512019 17 Spacing frame supports. End piers under main 1- beams may be set back a maximum of 24 inches as measured from the outside edge of the floor to the center of the pier Figure 11. Typical support locations for homes requiring penmeter supports WRIJETER OCC. P lE;M 8tOCKING PIERS \ 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 08 m walls that support the ends of roof trusses or rafters (typically sidewalls and marriage walls but not end walls of main units or sidewalls of tag units) To minimize the number of required perimeter supports space them evenly between point load supports as shown in Figure 11 and Figure 12 (but not under spans) These figures identify typical support locations for homes requiring perimeter supports Ler Aqt POOCH OS, PIERS Figure 12. Typical marnage line support locations for homes requiring penmeter supports CALCULATE LOADS Find the column with the appropriate roof load (Table 3) and section width. Find the group of rows corresponding to the selected support spacing. The values in the intersecting cells are the loads for the frame, perimeter and marriage line supports respectively. Loads on supports of a given type (frame. perimeter, or marriage) can be assumed to be equal if support spacing is equal. However, if different support spacings are used then each support with a different spacing should be calculated separately. Note the location and load required of each support on the sketch. 3/15120119 18 PIER LOADS (PERIMETER BLOCKED HOMES) ROOF LOAD 20 LIVE PIER LOAD (LBS) PER PIER SPACING (PSF) 6'-0" 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" FRAME 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 PERIMETER 2,700 3,500 4,300 5,100 MATING 4,700 6,100 7,600 9,100 30 FRAME 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 PERIMETER 3,200 4,200 5,100 6,100 MATING 5,600 7,300 9,100 10,800 40 FRAME 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 PERIMETER 3,700 4,800 6,000 7,200 MATING 6,500 8,500 10,600 12,700 NOTES: 1. SPACING OF PIERS ON HOMES WITH 10" I-BEAM SHALL NOT EXCEED 10'-0". HOME MUST HAVE 12" I-BEAMS TO USE 12' SPACING OPTION. Material Appropriate Use Specification Minimum 6" thick poured-in-place concrete pads, slabs, or ribbons with at least a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 Poured concrete All soil types psi. Cast-in-place concrete footings may also require reinforc- ing steel based on acceptable engineering practice, the design loads, and site specific soil conditions. Minimum 4" thick nominal precast concrete pads meeting or exceeding ASTM C 90-02a, Standard Specification for Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units, without reinforcement, with at least a 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi. Use in accordance with the pad manufacturer's instructions. ABS plastic Stable soils Must be certified for use in the soil classification at the site, listed and labeled for the required load capacity. Proprietary foot- Consult footing Footings employed must be listed for such use and installed in ings manufacturer accordance with their listing. Pre-cast concrete All soil types 0 FEDERAL iviiZ':UF ACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 713 & SAFETY STANDARDS 70 oko N 047 4e) / No. PE11700836 • 43%.. STATE OF CC IA ..... .. 311512019 08/21/2018 19 m TABLE 7. LOAD ON FRAME AND PERIMETER SUPPORTS FOR HOMES REQUIR- ING PERIMETER BLOCKING Select one of the products and materials for the footings. TABLE 8. FOOTING MATERIALS Pier loca- tion Height Configuration Maximum load Frame Less than 36 in (except corner piers more than 3 blocks high) Between 36 in and 67 in and cor- ner piers over 3 blocks high Over 67 in 54 in or less 54 in or less Single-stack blocks with long side perpendicular to I-beam Double, interlocked blocks Are to be designed by registered engineer or registered architect Single-stack blocks with long side parallel to perimeter rail (rim joist) Single-stack blocks with long side perpendicular to the marriage line 8,000 lbs. 16,000 lbs. 8,000 lbs. 8,000 lbs. Perimeter Marriage line "91"71rn Once the load on the footing and the soil-bearing capacity are known, calculate the size of each footing as follows: 1. Determine if the pier is to be of single-stack blocks (8 inch x16 inch) or double-stack blocks (16 inch x 16 inch) pier. 2. With the soil-bearing capacity determined in Prepare the Site, STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL-BEARING CAPACI- TY AND FROST LINE. Use the next lowest value if the exact value does not appear. 3. Read across the table to determine the minimum required footing area and the minimum footing thickness for the corresponding footing type (single or double-stacked blocks). 4. The required footing size may be changed by selecting another support spacing. NOTE: For regions subject to freezing temperatures, this manual requires conventional footings as outlined in this chapter to be located below local frost lines. For methods pertaining to slabs located above local frost lines, refer to approved methods for floating and insulated slab designs. TABLE 9. PIER CONFIGURATION • Frost protection. When selecting footing materials, bear in mind the need for frost protection. Not all footing materials are suita- ble for freezing climates. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > L.) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS xi o 08 o < m ct 311512019 0 9n TABLE 10. FOOTING DIMENSIONS Note: The capacity values listed have been reduced by the dead load of the concrete footing. SIZE AND CAPACITY FOR UNREINFORCED CAST-IN-PLACE FOOTINGS SOIL CAPACTY (PSF ) MIS 8" x 16" PER SQUARE ' _ MAX FOOTING FOOTING MIS FOOTING sizE CAPACITY (LBS) 16" x 16" PIER MIN MAX. FOOTING ROUND OADACITY FOOTING -,,iF IF , ig MAX FOOTING I MIN. FOOTING CAPACITY (LBS) I THICKNESS 'IN ) IN (IN , SEE NOTE 1 8 2 SEE NOTE 1 $ 2 THICKNESS (IN ) -s4 I DIA. (IN.) PER 16 x 16 1.500 6 1 600 ; 6 20 2,180 2.180 20 x20 2,600 6 2,600 ; 6 22 2,630 2.630 24 x 24 , 3,700 6 3.700 ' 6 24 3,140 3,140 1,000 30 x 30 5,600 8 5.800 6 26 3,680 3,680 36 x 36 7.900 10 8.100 8 28 4,270 4.270 42 x 42 10,700 10 10.700 10 30 4,900 4,900 48 x 48 ' 13.100 12 13.600 10 32 5,580 5,580 16 x 16 2,500 6 2.500 6 18 2,650 2.650 20 x20 ' 4,000 6 4,000 6 20 3,270 3,270 24 x 24 5,600 8 5,700 , 6 22 3,950 3,950 1,500 30 x 30 8,500 10 8,900 ' 8 24 4,710 4,710 36 x 36 ; 12,400 10 12,600 8 26 5,530 5,530 42 x 42 . 16,500 12 16,800 , 10 28 6,410 6,410 48 x 48 ' 21,200 14 21,600 12 30 7,360 7,360 16 x 16 ' 3,400 6 3,400 6 18 3,530 3,530 20 x20 : 5.300 6 5,300 6 20 4,360 4,360 2000 , 24 x 24 ' 7,600 8 7,700 , 6 I 22 5,270 5,270 30 x 30 11,700 10 11,900 i 8 24 6,280 , 6,280 36 x 36 16,700 15 16,900 10 i 26 , 7,370 7,370 42 x 42 21,700 18 22,700 i 12 28 8,000 8,550 16 x 16 5,200 6 5,200 6 18 5,300 5,300 20 x20 8,100 8 , 8,100 1 6 20 6,540 6,540 3,000 24 x 24 11,500 10 11,700 ; 6 22 7,910 7,910 30 x 30 17,800 , 12 18,100 8 24 8,000 ! 9,420 36 x 36 25,400 14 25,900 10 26 - . 11,060 NOTES. 1. CONCRETE BLOCK PIERS MUST NOT EXCEED THEIR DESIGN CAPACITY OF 8000 LBS. FOR 8" X 16' SINGLE STACKED BLOCKS AND 16,000 LBS FOR 16' x 16' DOUBLE STACKED BLOCKS. 2. A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR REGISTERED ARCHITECT MUST PREPARE THE DESIGN IF THE DESIGN LOADS EXCEED THE THE CAPACITY FOR SINGLE OR DOUBLE STACKED CONCRETE BLOCK PIERS SHOWN IN NOTE 1. 3 vALUES PER 3285 312 FOOTING TABLE 4. FOR 2500 PSF, CAPACITIES FOR 20(X) AND 3000 MAY BE AVERAGED. F(' R R -J., i',-, FT)Ti ),CS ' , E. )"..F. ACITN E' FYI PORTION OF THE F(T,E)TING DE erT ' 'H)T EX,I;EEDS 21 Figure 13. Maximum foot- ing extensions NO ' s=^ [11 YES 4 NO Design footings to comply with the following additional requirements.. • Design each footing at least slightly larger than the base of the pier it supports. • To keep footings directly under l-beams and other support points, size them slightly larger than the minimum re- quired area to allow slight adjustment of the pier location during home installation. Design footings with a footing extension (protection beyond the base of the pier) no greater than the footing thick- ness (Figure 13')_ Increase footing thickness if necessary. YES NO C.)[[+, The footing sizes shown are for square pads and are based on the surface area (square inches) • For four-inch thick unreinforced precast concrete footings, use minimum footing size for the six-inch cast-in-place footing, Construct the footings as follows: • Maintain the distance between adjacent piers to within 10% of the tabulated spac- ing and so the average distance between any adjacent spans is equal to or less than the tabulated spacing. Whenever possible, place point load supports directly under the required loca- tions. If plumbing, electrical, mechanical equipment interferes, place supports no more than 6 inches in either direction of the support point. • Recess perimeter blocking supports and perimeter point load supports no more than 10 inches from the edge of the floor with added support as shown in Figure 14. • If footings are rectangular, orient them so that the long side is perpendicular to the home's I-beam. • Place the bottom of footings on undisturbed soil or fill compacted to at least 90% of its maximum relative density, • In freezing climates protect footings from the effects of frost heave in accordance with any LAHJ requirements (see Prepare the Site) Place the bottom of the foot- ings below the frost line (insulated foundations and monolithic slabs are other frost protection options not covered in this manual). • Make sure the top surface of the footing is level, flat, and smooth. • In accordance with the American Concrete Institute publication ACI-308, maintain curing measures before construction or installation onto the concrete footing be- gins, until a minimum of 70% of the specified 28-day compressive strength has been achieved. The ACI recommended time to attain this level of strength is seven days for ASTM C150 Type 1 mixtures and 10 days for Type II mixtures. Full design live and dead loads may not be applied until the 28-day duration has elapsed for achieving full strength. 311512019 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONST RUC TION 13 & SAFE TY STANDARDS 7:1 0 08 0 4 < m me o 22 Min. 4 x 4 or (2) 2x4's on edge. All lumber to be 43 SPF min. Fasten 2x4's together with min 0.131 x 3'' nails Ca.; 6'' o.c. staggered Figure 14. Perimeter sup- ports Exterior Wail • Floor Rim Plate Pier Typical Floor Joist Placing Concrete anchors. If anchors will be placed in concrete, follow instructions in Install Stabilizing System to determine anchor layout. Either place anchors immedi- ately after the concrete has been poured or drill them in after the concrete has set. 10- Max Setback From Edge Of Floor Qi) Excavation. If excavation is required, mark the footing locations on the ground with stakes before beginning to dig. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS xi 0 OB rt1 CIC 3/1512019 23 Construct Foundai'on Construct Foundation (FOR HOMES WITH LOAD-BEARING PERIMETER WALL) This chapter provides guidelines and recommendations for the design and construction of a basement or crawlspace foundation using a load-bearing perimeter wall. A load-bearing perimeter wall foundation system uses a wall along the outer edge of the home to support the homes outside walls. This perimeter support works with interior supports such as piers, columns, and cross beams that support the home's frame and, if multi-section, marriage line. STEP 1. OBTAIN A FOUNDATION DESIGN STEP 2. EXCAVATE STEP 3. CONSTRUCT THE FOOTING OR SLAB STEP 4. CONSTRUCT THE PERIMETER WALL STEP 5. INSTALL INTERIOR SUPPORTS STEP 6. WATERPROOF FOUNDATION WALL STEP 7. BACKFILL AND GRADE If a load-bearing perimeter wall foundation design has not been provided by the manu- facturer, it is the responsibility of the retailer and/or home owner to provide a design approved by an engineer or architect, licensed in the state where the home will be in- stalled, The approved design must comply with the LAHJ regulations for foundation design, waterproofing, and drainage, and the following: • The foundation perimeter bearing wall must be supported with a concrete slab or continuous strip footing around the perimeter of the home. Interior piers must be supported by a slab or footings. If footings are used under interior piers, they may be designed as in "Construct Piers" in the Set the Home section, • Slabs must extend to the edges of the home. • Footings and slabs must be protected from the effects of frost heave by ex- tending the footings to or below the frost line or by using a frost protected shallow foundation design, Excavate for the foundation, properly disposing of the earth that is not needed for backfill or site-grading purposes. c-• Construct the foundation according to the approvud design, including the perimeter foundation wall, drainage system, footing(s), and/or slab, ST — 4, ,—ON" Unless the approved design requires otherwise, construct the perimeter wall with mor- tared and reinforced concrete blocks or reinforced poured-in-place concrete, Install re- inforcement according to the approved design or LAHJ. Install ventilation and access openings according to the approved design, or if not specified, according to the re- quirements in Complete Exterior Work, STEP 3 INSTALL SKIRTING. 24 Using engineered designs. This section is NOT intended to provide a complete design for a buildable foundation. A com- plete design must be obtained that is suitable for the local area and sealed by a professional engineer or registered architect. licensed in the state. Foundation ready home. Make sure that homes to be installed on a basement or a crawlspace have been ordered with a re- cessed frame or as foundation- ready, where the frame is de- signed to avoid interference with the foundation wall. Checking the water table. For basements, check for a high water table. The water table may vary seasonally or based on weather conditions. A geolo- gist can perform an algae test to determine the water table level. The foundation design must ac- count for a high water table. 0 FEDERAL MAMIE ACT URED o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION if SAFE TY STANDARDS xi CI 08 c:t < In Ct 0 3/1512019 When constructing pockets for an H-beam system, measure the beam depth and lo- cate the pockets carefully. It is critical that when the home's frame rests on top of the H-beam, the perimeter of the floor rests squarely on the foundation wall sill plate (Fig- ure 15). Leave room for a two-inch nominal, pressure treated wood spacer on top of the wall pockets (to prevent corrosion, the steel beams must not be in direct contact with concrete). Leave at least one inch for thermal expansion at the ends of the beams and maintain a minimum of two inches of bearing area for the beams in the pockets (yielding a minimum pocket depth of three inches). Bolt a pressure treated wood sill plate (minimum 2 x 6) to the top of the foundation wall. If the home's siding cannot be nailed through, use a 2 x 10 sill plate that extends into the foundation 1-1/4 inches (Figure 16). The home can then be connected to the foundation by fastening the sill plate into the floor joists from below. Connect the home to the foundation according to the approved design. Recess nuts into the sill plate and cut off the ends of bolts so they do not project above the sill plate and interfere with the placement of the home. Level the wall. Make sure the foundation is level and straight with no more than a 1/4 inch vertical variation over the entire foundation and no more than 1/8 inch vertical variation over any two-foot length. Check for Plates. When using an H-beam system, check and compensate for reinforcement plates that add thickness to the chassis beam at axle locations. Floor Joist 2 x 10 Sill Plate Fastener Foundation Wall Figure 15. H-beam installation Figure 16. Connection using 2 x 10 sill plate Limits of excavation. When a crane will be used, excavate no more than two feet outside the foundation perimeter. Unexca- vated ground will provide a more stable base for the crane. Footing heights. Pour footings to a height that will reduce the need to cut blocks or shim when building perimeter walls and piers. 1 Art. Backfilling. Backfill against basement walls only after the home is connected to the foun- dation or the basement walls may deflect inward or collapse. Fig. 15 Floor Pressure Treated Chassis Sill Plate Main I-Beam Transverse H-beam Pressure Treated Plate 8 x 8 x 16-inch Concrete Block REFER TO A-1 THROUGH A-8 IN SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION AND DETAILS SECTION FOR MORE DETAILS. P 5, Install piers, columns and H-beams to support the interior of the home according to the approved design. P 6. Damp proof the foundation walls no less than up to the height of the planned backfill. S7EP 7, Backfill against the foundation wall to the height of the damp proofing. Take care to not damage the drainage system. Grade the fill as per Prepare the Site. Fig. 16 25 0 O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED U HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :13 8, SAFETY STANDARDS O m 5/2019 Clearances under the home. After the home is leveled, the resulting distance between the bottom of the entire chassis main frame beam and the ground must be no less than 12 inches. Utilize proper cribbing. Manu- factured homes weigh several tons. No one should be under the home (whether it is moving or stationary) unless proper cribb ng is in place. Failure to utilize proper cribbing may result in se- rious injury or death. Leveling during jacking. Keep the home's floor as level as pos- sible during jacking. Twisting or warping the floor can damage the structure and finishing. Use as many jacks as necessary to keep the floor flat and level. Set the Home Set the Home This chapter describes the process of mstmhngthe first section of the home (for single section homes this is the only section) onto the fo!.fndation STEP 1. PREPARE FOR SET • STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION • STEP 3. LIFT HOME STEP 4. CONSTRUCT PIERS r r Before beginning the home set, complete the following: • Confirm that the site is properly cleared and graded (see Prepare the Site). • Ensure that the footings are in place and properly located. • Install any utilities that will be difficult to install (e,g. those below grade be- neath the home) after the home is in place. • Secure or remove from the home and properly store all ship loose items (refer to shipping documents for items shipped with the home). • Inspect the home interior, exterior and all provided materials, appliances, and equipment. Immediately report any damage or shortages. • The ground moisture retarder may be installed now or after the home is com- plete. Complete Exterior Work, STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER for requirement and then return here. For perimeter bearing wall foundations: • Check that the length and width of the home match with the foundation walls. • Check that the two main diagonal measurements of the foundation are equal. • Check that the foundation walls and other support points are within 1/4 inch of level overall and within 1/8 inch of level within any four foot distance. • For multi-section homes, check that each pair of diagonal measurements for each portion of the foundation corresponding to a home section are equal. • For multi-section homes, find the electrical bonding lugs on the front or rear outriggers. Reverse them to the inside of the outrigger using star washers so they will be accessible after the home is placed on the foundation walls. • If using an H-beam system, remove the frame's shackle hanger if it will nter- fere with proper placement of the beam. Position the home section in its final location (if possible, move the heaviest section of the home into place first). Then place materials needed to construct support piers near their final locations under the home as determined in Construct Piers. There are three primary methods available to place the home on the foundation: jack- ing, rolling and craning. Jacks, often with roller systems, are typically used for pier and anchor foundations, roller systems are commonly used for crawlspace foundations with 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 281 & SAFETY STANDARDS 70 o 08 0 < < m ce o 26 3/1512019 ()FEDERAL MANUFACTURED u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :3 SAFE TV STANDARDS 0 o ,00r pmUs Lind, -.1re most c-,,ornrnonly userJ tor basement foun- JACKS If jacks are to he used comply with all jacking safety precautions and the procedure below. Lifting the home with jacks involves potential risks and must be done with ut- most care and caution, Failure to follow jacking warnings and procedures may result n serious injury or death Please read the Jacking Safety Precautions before lifting the l-:-)mc with jacks • No one should be under the horn7:s l-bc-.ams while the jacks are b,_2ing oper- ated or while the home is supported only on the jacks, • Use jacks only for raising the home. Do not rely on the jacks to support the home. • If possible, raise the home only on one side so that the other side is in contact with the ground, Leave the hitch connected to the vehicle or other stabilizing equipment. • Obey all OSHA regulations. • Make sure adequate safety cribbing (Figure 17) is in place whenever the home is placed on jacks • Use a minimum of two comme c al quality jacks, each with a rating of at least 12 tons, • Jack only on the main chassis 1-beam, centering jacks d rectly under the beam, • Do not jack on a seam (joint between flanges of twin 1-beams). • To distribute the concentrated loads from jacks to 1-beam, place a minimum 3/8-inch thick steel plate, a C-channel, a l'/2-inch thick hardwood block or a commercial jacking plate, between the main chassis 1-beam and the jack head, • Locate the jack base on firm ground. Never jack on freshly disturbed soil or where an underground sewer pipe may be located. • Use a firm support under the jack base to prevent tipp ng or settling of the jack. A minimum 16" x 16" or larger wood or rigid fiberglass pad is recommended. Never use concrete blocks as a support for a jack. Follow the jacking sequence outiined b,low to avoid oveni;tressing structural members. *I. Block wheels. Block the wheels so the house does not roll, 2 Install cribbing. Install safety cribbing (Figure 17). Figure 17. Stack 4" x 6 -by 5' long timbers as shown to loon safety timbers. Place safety timbers under home behind axle area and under hitch. 3. Level lengthwise. Locate one jack at the hitch and level the section length- wise (such that the front and rear of the section are at the same height). 4. Locate frame jacks. Place a minimum of one jack just forward of the first spring hanger and another just behind the last spring hanger of the I-beam on the side of the home that is lowest (making sure not to place jacks where the piers will go). Place jacks no more than 20 feet apart and no more than 20 feet from each end of the I-beam. 5. Lift the home. Operating the jacks simultaneously (or sequentially in very small increments), lift the home section until it is slightly higher than the final desired pier height. 27 o 3 1 JI2019 ROLLER SYSTEMS When using a roller system, comply with the equipment manufacturer's directions and the following sequence: 1. Establish staging area. Establish a staging area directly adjacent to one or both sides of the foundation. 2. Setup rollers. Set up the roller system according to the equipment manufac- turer's directions. 3. Fasten bump blocks. Temporarily fasten wooden bump blocks on the sill plates at the ends of the foundation to stop the home from rolling at the de- sired location. 4. Roll home. Roll the home into place over the foundation. 5. Remove bump blocks. Remove the blocks before installing the next section of a multi-section home. CRANES When using a crane, follow these guidelines: • Position the home section(s) and crane (taking the boom reach into consider- ation) such that they do not have to be repositioned during the set. • Use enough properly sized straps to maintain balance of the home and to prevent damage to the structure. • Utilize the factory installed lift holes if they are provided. • Place straps under walls or posts, including temporary posts used to support the opening. Do not position lifting straps under marriage wall openings. • Use a properly sized spreader bar to maintain a vertical lift, to avoid placing compression forces on the eaves and to reduce any tendency to slip. • Connect a rope to at least one point on the home so it can be controlled while aloft. • Make provisions to retrieve the straps/cables after the home is set. If using a cradle system, notch the sill plate where the straps will fall. For a sling sys- tem, notch and reinforce the home's rim joist to keep the strap from slipping and allow the strap to be removed after the home is set. • Always set the home section farthest from the crane first so that subsequent section(s) need not be lifted over previously set sections. • It is necessary to estimate the weight of the home sections to be craned in order to determine the proper weight capacity for the crane being used. The following guidelines are provided for estimation of home unit weight. (Note that the home weight factors used are estimates and are intended as guide- lines only). Multiply the home module floor area (sq. ft) x W to obtain the es- timated weight. W = 30 psf for basic non drywall (VOG) home with std trusses 24" o.c. W = 33 psf for basic non drywall (VOG) home with std trusses 16" o.c. W = 35 psf for drywall home with std trusses 24" o.c. W = 38 psf for drywall home with std trusses 16" o.c. W = 40 psf for drywall home with hinged/attic trusses 24" o.c. W = 43 psf for drywall home with hinged/attic trusses 16" o.c. W = 47 psf for drywall home with hinged/attic trusses 16" o.c., 9' ceiling with other options. ill RAt. MANIJF AC r •P °USING CONSTRUCT ION & SAFE re ST AWARDS I 28 Component Specification Nominal dimensions of at least 8" x 8" x 16"; minimum load 8,000 lbs; confirming to ASTM designation C90, grade N. Solid masonry (nominal 4" x 8" x 16" pre-cast concrete without reinforcement); pressure treated lumber (nominal 2" x 8" x 16"); or steel (minimum 1/2" thick, corrosion protected by a min. of a 10 mil coating of an exterior paint or equivalent). Nom. 2x thick lumber SPF (any grade) up to 8500# pier loading. Use SYP (any grade) for pier loading in excess of 8500#. Hardwood, minimum 4" width by minimum 6" length by maximum 1" thick (nominal); plastic must be listed with maximum load capacity; used in pairs. Available in various sizes stamped with maximum load capacity and listed or labeled for the required verti- cal load capacity, and where required by design, for the appropriate horizontal load capacity. Metal or other manufactured piers must be provided with protection against weather deterioration and corrosion at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of .30 oz per sq. ft of surface coated. With a water borne preservative, in accordance with AWPA Standard U1-04 for Use Category 4B ground contact applications. Concrete Block Caps Spacers Shims (also called wedg- es) Commercial metal or pre- cast concrete piers Pressure treated wood Height Pier location Configuration Maximum load Maximum offset top to bottom 8,000 lbs. Not required Single-stack blocks with long side perpendicular to I-beam 1" (1/2" up to 36" high) Double, interlocked blocks 16,000 lbs. Not required 54 in or less* 8,000 lbs. Not required Single-stack blocks with long side parallel to perimeter rail Y2" up to 36" high, 1" over 36" high (rim joist) 54 in or less* Marriage line 8,000 lbs. Not required Single-stack blocks with long/2» h to 36" high, side perpendicular to the 1" over 36" high marriage line Less than 36 in (except corner piers more than 3 blocks high) Between 36 in and 67 in and corner piers over 3 blocks high Over 67 in Frame Designed by a registered engineer or registered architect Perimeter Mortar and reinforce- ment For the side of the home section that is up on jacks, place piers on footings or pads fol- lowing our blocking plan (or tags). If no plan was provided, use the support plan devel- oped in Install Footings. Start at one end of the home section and work toward the other noting the required pier material specifications and procedure described below. Construct piers so as to provide a stable foundation for the home using materials listed in the specifications box below and based on the location of the pier and its height as measured from the top of the footing or pad to the top of the cap. See Table 12 for pier construction requirements. A r" Designing piers. Incorrect size, location or spacing of piers may result in serious structural dam- age to the home. Install piers at all required locations. Failure to do so may lead to sagging floors, walls, and roofs, and could void the home's warranty. TABLE 11. PIER MATERIAL MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS TABLE 12. PIER CONSTRUCTION Construct perimeter and marriage line piers over 54 inches according to the requirements for frame piers of the same height. 1. Prepare footing surface. Make sure the footing surface upon which the pier sits is flat and smooth. Before placing the pier on the footing, clean dirt, rocks, or other material off the surface of the footing. For cast-in-place concrete foot- ings, the footing surface must be level. 2. Stack blocks. Stack concrete blocks with their hollow cells aligned vertically. When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side-by-side, orient each layer at right angles to the previous one (Figure 18) and plan blocks so that split caps will be perpendicular to the blocks they rest on and to the I-beam. ,•;ZAt. MAPV, IF AC 1# COSING C:ONS SAFE TY ST AtittriTli 0::111.....11110 ' A ,*,?‘ 1-044 % - . S - . 1 . .. 29 I Dimensions of masonry perimeter walls. If using a masonry perimeter enclosure, calculate pier heights so that the enclo- sure can be built using stan- dard unit dimensions (with- out cutting). °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED ›. c) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 7) 0 08 o (:t < ce 311512019 m 0 Set the Home Figure 18. riar110 pier coo- structioh ott1 /411M111/14 4,``te_sik TOp 11, ......... % .111. AMP • 1:13:41;e41-1\:.1P/fiST;P:atPaTsA.:.111.0;‘ii‘ e'14'::: " caofit‘f votal4.4#*` 3. Cap piers. Place a cap on hollow block piers to evenly distribute the structural load. Use caps the same length and width as the piers they rest upon. When using split caps on double-stacked block piers, install the caps with the long dimension perpendicular to the joint in the blocks below and to the main l- beam. 4. Install shims. Use shims to level the home and fill any gaps between the base of the l-beam and the top of the pier cap. Always use shims in pairs (Figure 18). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than one inch of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is greater than one inch and less than the minimum thickness of available caps or concrete blocks, use hardwood dimensional lumber (two inches maximum thickness) or 2" or 4" thick concrete block. For split caps, install shims and dimensional lum- ber/blocks over each individual cap. __--_'__'/_____ 5. Set up level. Set up a water level with the fluid level at the desired height of the main piers. Carefully lower the side of the section down onto the leveled piers, adjusting the final height with shims. 30 /AA Curing time of mortar. Where wet mortar is used to construct or level piers, al- low it to cure to at least 80% of strength capacity (usually requiring 96 hours) before setting the home. Figure 19. Correct shim placement Level the home. The home is adequately leveled if there is no more than 1/4 inch difference between adjacent pier supports (frame or perimeter) and the exte- rior doors and windows of the home do not bind and can be properly operated. Water level operation. To oper- ate the water level properly, both ends of the system must be open to the atmosphere and there must be approximately the same amount of fluid in the tubing at all times (within a few inches). USING A WATER LEVEL A water level is a standard device for leveling the home. The level consists of the following components: • One container (five gallon bucket or one gallon jug). • 150 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plastic tubing. • Fittings for container to tubing. • Valve for terminal end of tubing. • Liquid for system: colored water in warm climates, windshield washing fluid in cold climates. How to use a water level a. Position level. Position the level such that it can reach all piers. b. Place container. Place the container so that the fluid in the con- tainer is at the same level as the desired level of the top of the supports under the home, allowing for any bracing below the lev- el of the I-beams. c. Uncoil tubing. Uncoil the tubing and fill with fluid, taking care not to introduce bubbles into the hose. Never allow anything to crimp or crush the tubing so as to impede the free flow of fluid. d. Bleed air. Hold the valve below the level of the water container; open the valve to bleed out any air and close the valve. e. Establish height. Locate the tubing adjacent to a pier that is set to the desired final height. Position the valve above the pier and open the valve. Move the water container up or down to where the water level is at the desired final height of the pier. Maintain the water container in that position and close the valve. f. Level piers. Move the tubing to the next pier. Hold the valve above the pier and open it. Set the pier height to the level of the water in the tubing and close the valve. Repeat this step until all piers are at the same level. 6. Complete the opposite side. Jack the other side of the section up and install piers following the instructions above. At the completion of this step, the sec- tion should be level from front to rear and from side to side. 7. Install perimeter and marriage line piers. Install perimeter piers and for multi-section homes, marriage line piers. Position marriage line piers to pro- vide equal bearing for both mating sections. 8. Remove running gear. Remove and store, recycle or properly dispose of the hitch, axles, and wheels. These items are the property of the homeowner un- less other contractual arrangements have been made. FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION .73 sArE TY STANDARDS xi 0 m ii5720.i 31 Position roof jacks. Position jacks vertically to prevent the jack foot from kicking out or sliding. Caution during roof raising. Do not enter the roof cavity during the raising procedure. Complete Multi-Section Set This chapter covers the preparation and installation of additional home sections, including the structural connections be- tween units, raising and fastening hinged roofs, and fastening the home to a load-bearing perimeter wall foundation. V STEP 1. INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE ANCHORS STEP 2. REMOVE PROTECTIVE SHIPPING MATERIALS V STEP 3. COMPLETE HINGED ROOF • STEP 4. REPAIR OR INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE GASKET 3 STEP 5. POSITION ADDITIONAL HOME SECTIONS V STEP 6. CONNECT FLOORS Ir STEP 7. CONNECT ROOF • STEP 8. CONNECT WALLS ir STEP 9. ATTACH TAG UNITS 3 STEP 10. REMOVE TEMPORARY ITEMS 3 STEP 11. FASTEN HOME TO FOUNDATION 3 STEP 12. BACKFILL AND GRADE ' STEP 13. BUILD STAIRS AMP v,w4.4 41r-dr: "V-r- 1.T", ; ' ST :',: i L.. ,,, !,,c,„ , .,!-,L ,,,,, Ground anchors along the marriage line are not required (unless called out in installation adden- dum.) STEP 2. REM EVE PROTECTIVE SHIPPfts.':G MATERIALS Remove all shipping protection and associated fasteners from both home sections to be joined, in- cluding plastic used to close up the open sides during transportation. Do not remove the temporary supports holding up the ceilings at major openings. STEP 3. COMPLETE HINGED ROOF If the home has a hinged roof that has been folded down for shipping, raise the roof using a crane or roof jacks following the procedure below: 1. Position lift points. Position the roof lift points (jacks or crane lift points) following the jack 32 a O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONSTRUCTION _11:1 & SAFETY STANDARDS m 08 O ce 3/1512019 thrill', along the length ol the roO with no more than five lee) irom the end of the roof to the first or lac: lift points, Use three lift points for a roof up to 48 feet long (excluding overhangs). four lift points for up to 60 feet, and five lift points for up 1 0 72 feet 2 Remove fasteners. Remove arty temporary fasteners connecting the hinged portion of the roof to the vertical king posts. 3. Lift roof. Raise the roof to its intended height. A temporary slight overextension may be required during lifting. However, take care not to overextend the roof and damage the hinge. Raise the roof evenly in small increments, keeping it level throughout the entire process to prevent racking. Do not allow roofing pa- per and shingles to get caught in the hinge crease. Secure king posts. Position the hinged king posts (may be a knee wall) atop the fixed king posts or against the wooden stop Figure 20) The king posts are either hinged to the underside of the hinged-truss top chord or shipped loose as a knee wall stored in the roof cavity. Position them as needed to level the roof, aligning each king post with the king post directly beneath it, and securing it in place per page 35. Refer to page 35 for additional fastening. Checklists for alternate construction. If the serial number (see the data plate or the chassis front cross member) has the letters AC' before or after it, then the Alternate Construction on-site check list supplied with the home must be completed and returned to the manufacturer in a timely manner. If the AC checklist relates to the roof, then failure to do so may require future disassembly of the roof and further inspec- tions. Figure 20. Hinged roof truss (drawing is typical, actual truss configuration may vary) Figure 21. Hinged king post to fixed king post fastening (drawing is typical. actual truss configuration may vary) . Install Bracing. Install diagonal bracing at both ends of each home section from the top of the gable end truss approximately 45 degrees downward. Keep trusses plumb and secure the brace with Iwo (2) 7:16" x 1-3/4" x 16 ga minimum staples per truss (Figure 22). Figure 22. Diagonal bracing 6. Unfold double hinge. If the roof has a double hinge top chord, unfold and se- cure the second hinge per page 35 7. Fasten sheathing. Fasten sheathing from the upper portion of the roof to the lower fixed portion of the roof just below hinges with two (2) 15ga staples or 8d nails at each truss (Figure 24) or, it wood blocking is present, at six inches a c. along blocking. 0 FEDERAL MANUF ACT URED > DOUSING CONSTRUCTION 73 (..) SAFETY STANDARDS 7J o 08 0 3i 5/2O19 33 Figure 23. Double hinged top chord Figure 24 Sheathing at hinge line Figure 25. End wall completion Inspecting vents. Fuel fired heating appliance and fireplace vents that pass through a hinged roof must be completed and inspected at the site prior to energizing the appliance or occupying the home. Failure to comply with this precaution may result in serious injury or death. Venting systems must be installed in conformance with the appliance manufactur- er's instructions and any in- structions supplied with the home. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -43) & SAFETY STANDARDS 73 a 08 0 Multi-Section Set Redistribute Insulation. Before closing up the atic space check that the insula- tion has not shifted. Re -leve! the insuiation if needed Install gable walls. Assembled frames or 'wa' studs and sheathing needed for the site assembly of the gable end wars and interior shear vva. knee walls (if present) may be provided Install the gable end wails for each home section as follows Figure 25): • Frames fasten frames to truss top chord and web with 16d 16 o c. or 12d nails 12" o c or • Sheathing Install minimum 3/8 APA rated sheathing fastened with 7 ,16 x 16 ga. staples or equivalent) Fasteners are to be spaced at 6- o c at panel edges and 12 in the field wherever the sheathing panel makes contact with the truss or other installed framing members. 10 Install vents. Extend plumbing vents, exhaust fans app'iance vents, and fire- place stacks through the hinged portion of the roof in strict accordance with this manual (Prepare Appliances and Equipment) and/or supplemental instruc- tions as provided 3/151201 34 Hinged TiJSS ALT. FOR STRAP E..6c.rein rail fastened to truss ens tie rail - See chart C or 0 for fastener. penetration and spacing Hinged Truss Ridge beam lEyp, Bottom Hate toe nailed to king past w (1, C 131 x 3" nail each side of knee DOS: Site applied aeckind to be fastened w 16ga a 1-12 a 1 6' crown staples (, 4" o.c. (See chart A or E to- additional lap fasteners „ 4.41 viA'" es si) top cY Truss end rail ® NON-STORAGE ROOF Min Pent. Quantity 16ga. Stpi. 2 15ga Stpl. 1" 2 0.113 Nail 1-1 4' 2 Min. Pont. Quantity 16ga. Stpl. 1" 6 15ga. Stpl. 1" 5 0.112. Nail 1-1 4" NON-STORAGE ROOF 1-1 2" x 30ga strap 4E' o.o. (Z 26ga strap 32" 0 c (Z-2 Fastened each end with (6. 7 16 x 1-1 2 a15ga staples or 6•. 1-1 2 a 112 nails Min. Pent, Spacing 16ga. Stpl. 1 ^ 8" 15ga. Stpl. 1" 10 0.113 Nail 1-1 4" 10" DROP -IN PEAK APPLICATION 0 STORAGE ROOF Min Pent. Spacing 16ga. Stpl. 1 2' 15ga. Stpl. 1 3 0.113 Nail 1-1 4" 3" Refer to Multi-Section Set "Connect Roof" for fastening truss rails or beams between trusses. APPLICABLE FOR DROP-IN OR FLIP PEAK APPLICATION 40 PSF MAX. ROOF LOAD WIND ZONE-2 MAX • applied decking sarne\., / as Grown for Drop-Ir Peak Ns., 0- application above Hinged. Peak • Meaner Peak rail to truss end rai • , connection same as shown for Drop-in Peak application above Continuous ridge member fastened together w 0 131 x 3" nal, 10" 0 C. Staggered side to side Hinge Strap FLIP PEAK APPLICATION Of HOUSU.i ..!"..1-ZS1RLICT 04 IMP ,7021 35 Simpsor H2A oe, truss :5. 8c nails a' ,5) #8 a 1-1 (21 screws each ens Rev. 2000 9/3/21 Ref. KDF-101-5 Ridge Rail (TY13) — Peak Extension Chords Typ) Fastened to ridge rail only for factory installation and during shipment 2x6 Truss Tie Continuous) fastened to ends truss top chords _ow II 1111P too._ " \'‘‘‘I *51k TOP14 1/4",./ •ts E • 4.5 #4 •••• .1 41.. NV. t • 1 Multi-Section Se Typ) Rao Decking cut away for ciarlty Ridge assy. slides out on site 41, Peak Extensloin Assembly Guilt in sections) Factory Installed with peak extension sections inserted loose between root decking and ratter tie assembly. Figure 26. Optional ridge as- sembly may occur on some homes. Truss Top Chord CryP) Fasten Peak Assembly Ic place by securing peak extension member to • end of truss top chord '-• Faster w.2 rows of 3d nails @ 3" C.C. 2x Stop-Block fastened to bottom of extension chords of peak section. Stop-Block will occur on the factory Installed Peak Assembly for one side of the home only. #*C, ft • ..... • • • .t..* !:9/0 RI AL ,,V0‘1,i S 1. After home sections are puled dont together. lift too' sections and set up root according to standard ilnged roof set-up instructions. 2. Start with the nal' of the home which has the factory installed stop-blocks attached to the movable peak chords. Remove any straps holding the extensions Inward. Fully extend the pull-out peak assembly utll stop-blocks or the pull-out chords hit the continuous rafter tie member. Temporarly tack the pull-out chords to the tne top chord of the truss when they are flush. 3. Extend the peak assembly on the other side of the home until the ridge rails meet and are flush to eachother. Insure that the ridge is straight along the total length of the home and secure the loge rails togetner per standard Installtion Instructions_ 4. Permanently fasten each chord of the pull-out assembley to the truss top chords where they lap eachother. The members must lap eachother by at least 14". Fasteners are to start 3.4" from ends of members. 5. Install shipped loose gable end overhang fada boards at ad]ustaole peak area. 6. Install the shipped loose decking to the extension area. Apply felt paper, shingles and ridge vent as required_ OPTION ADJUSTABLE PEAK ASSEMBLY (Hinged roof systems only) A continuous, non-porous gasket creating a permanent air barrier must be installed on at least one side of the marriage line; along the floor, end walls and ceiling (and marriage lines for any tag units). You have been provided a marriage line gasket either installed on the home or shipped loose. If installed, inspect the gasket and repair any gaps or tears. If not installed at the factory, install a continuous gasket between the home sections along the floor, end walls, and ceiling (Figure 27). For homes with through-the-rim crossover ducts inspect and if necessary, repair gaskets around the rim joist duct openings using 3/4-inch thick fiberglass duct board or other ma- terial acceptable to Commodore. Ensure that duct openings are unobstructed. Checking through-the-rim- ducts. Ensure that through- the-rim-duct connections are secure and tight after the home sections are together. o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > -4 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 3 & SAFETY STANDARDS xi o 08 m 31150019 36 Hg. 9 Seal must be in Dia_e around peri rrp or d malevvali Duct Crossover cut cut Gasket around dud crossover N Figure 27. Marriage line gasket and in-floor duct showing crossover through rim joist SEE SECTION A IN SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION AND DETAILS FOR ALTERNATE FLEXIBLE DUCT CROSS OVER. 0 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :713 & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 rn 3/15/2019 37 Me- chanical position- ing system. For a pier-set home, a mechanical posi- tioning system (such as a roller system) will make the process easier and safer and be less likely to dam- age the home. Sealing gaps. Pri- or to completion of the exterior close- up, gaps that do not exceed one inch are permitted between structural elements provided that the gaps are closed before com- pletion of close-up, the home sections are in contact with each other, and the marriage gasket provides a proper seal. Size Lag screw with washer Wood screw #8 x 4"" Wind Zone I 36 in. 32 in. Wind Zone II 20 in. 16 in. 5/16" x 4-1/2"* Wind Zone III 38 001 11171110, ti 41,i` . • S T E • dZi) .:' No q' • O. . 19 ••• • • :* 41:141..1•NSTATE 1:11foieln.N, -144:41:9;0•PlAt. /4, '418101 8 III MON 0 1; 1 2 2 0 1 9 SEE SECTION A IN SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION AND DETAILS FOR AL- TERNATE FLEXIBLE DUCT CROSS OVER. Follow this procedure to install additional home sections: 1. Remove obstructions. Remove protruding nails and staples or anything else that will keep the home sections from fitting together snugly. If present, cut the temporary ceiling and floor plates at the edges of marriage line openings taking care not to damage ceiling or floor coverings or displace temporary marriage line support posts (these supports and the plates will be removed after the home sections have been structurally connected). 2. Complete crossovers. Before moving the two sections together, complete any crossover connections that require access from the open marriage line, including the attic duct con- nection (if present) and marriage wall interior electrical connections. 3. Position section. Position the section as closely as possible (ideally within six inches) and line up with the previously set section. If using a mechanical positioning system or crane, follow the system manufacturer's instructions or the crane operator's directions. 4. Construct piers. With the outside walls of the home aligned, construct the piers for the home section according to the instructions in Set the Home before continuing to the steps below. 5. Level section. Lower the section onto the outside piers first, inside piers last. Before re- leasing the mechanical positioning system, check interior doorways and other openings for misalignments that may cause problems during trim-out. The floors should be flush, level, and tight and the roof section should have little, if any, gap at the top of the marriage line. Use at least two come-a-longs to pull the sections snugly together and use the water level or other leveling device to set all piers and shims. 6. Shim gaps. Shim any gaps up to 1" between structural elements with dimensional lumber, or as otherwise specified. If any gaps exceed 1", re-position the home to eliminate such gaps. Where gaps are encountered, the required shim material is to be provided and in- stalled on-site by others. Note that gaps can impact the effectiveness of the specified fas- teners and the fastener length must be sufficient to provide at least 1 1/2" penetration into receiving member. STEP CONNECT FL-2.ORS Make floor structural connections according to one of the methods described below. Method 1: Install toed fasteners through bottom board or floor decking Install fasteners at approximately a 45 degree angle (+/- 5 degrees) from horizontal as shown in Figure 28 using the fastener type, size, and spacing indicated on Table 13. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > 1-10USING CONSTRUCTION _13 & SAFETY STANDARDS TABLE 13. FLOOR CONNECTION FASTENING SPECIFICATIONS * Increase fastener lengths by 3 inches for double rim joists. 0 m n 311512019 --111111116. Figure 28. Floor connection through bottom board or floor decking Stagger fasteners on ether side of marriage line and offset them by half the spacing dis- tance (Figure 29) Figure 29. Staggered offset fastening along marriage line Patch bottom board. Use adhesive spray mastic and/or divergent sta- ples in combination with bottom board tape for a more secure and durable connection Install additional fasteners as indicated below making sure to repair any openings in the bottom board with tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided) • Install two additional fasteners at each end of the home at approximately a 45 degree angle 5 degrees) from horizontal • If the home has a through-the-rim crossover duct install one additional fastener at each side of the duct opening • Except where marriage walls exist on both sides of the marriage line, insert 16d nails eight inches o c toed from above across the marriage line into opposing rim joist PORCH FLOOR FLASHING COMPLETION (IF APPLICABLE) Where a factory installed porch occurs each side of the home mate line. a section of flashing (provided) must be installed to contact the home wall beneath the siding and on- to the porch floor prior to the site installation of the close-up porch decking planking. The provided flashing section may be a pre-bent piece of corrosion resistant metal or formed vinyl When installing the flashing section it must lap over the ends of the fatory installed porch transition flashing by at least 3 on each side °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 m 0 ..,415120 Rev 04/22/15 39 TABLE 14. HORIZONTAL RIM JOIST FASTENER SPACING Wind Zone II Wind Zone III Wind Zone I Bolt Through Brackets Outrigger Gasket - •—•--Floor Decking Rim Joist Floor Figure 31. Bolts through frame out- rigger brackets Closing the roof gap. Level and fasten the marriage line joint at the floor before jacking to tighten a roof gap. DO NOT use roof fasteners to close any gaps. Separation of the ridge beams and trusses may occur. .011I I .................. • 40 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :12 & SAFETY STANDARDS p5 08 a ce 3/151201g 1 ge EhirSK : * ;;;;°.,;•... STATE OF 14,4 %614:4•VIVOita:41.11".;;s..447 "otoN: 1 2019 Method 2: Install horizontal fasteners through rim joist Insert 3/8" x 3" lag screws spaced per Table 14 horizontally though rim joists and staggered top to bottom as in Figure 30. After installation of fasteners, repair tears or holes in the bottom board using tape specially made for that purpose. 18 in. 10 in. 8 in. Marriage Line Floora. Decking Marriage ----Fastener Rim Joists Along Marriage Line Line Gasket Fastener Staggered At Next Spacing Interval Method 3: Install bolts through brackets at ends of frame outriggers This method is available only if the brackets have been provided. Insert 1/2" bolts, washers and nuts at each outrigger connection bracket (Figure 31). Repair tears or holes in the bottom board after in- stallation of fasteners using tape specially made for that purpose. Marriage Line •— Figure 30. Horizon- tal fasteners through rim joists STEP ECT F If the marriage line along the roof is not snug, position jacks every 20 feet or less along the outside I-beam and uniformly lift the section until the roof area is tight. Check to make sure the ceiling joint is flush before installing the connections. If not, use a jack and tee to raise whichever ceiling is low, starting at the front and working to the rear of the home. Fasten the roof along the marriage line using one of the methods below for either double or triple-section homes. (Figure 32) See Supplemental Information and Details for additional information for fastening and ridge vent installation. ALTERNATE WITH RIDGE RAILS LOWERED FROM PEAK FAEG PIK,OH ROOF APPr_iCAT -33\ Size Wind Zone II Wind Zone I 24 in. 20 in. 5/16" x 6" * Lag screw with washer Wood screw #10 x 5" * 24 in. 12 in. Screws may be applied 41 HINGED ROOF APPLICATION • ; STATE OF -0\ \\0\8/12/2022 on ti Strap & fastener prowded on site by others Min 3 x 26ga steel strap fastened to both riclg rail edges with min 0 113 nails rr 2 o c or CS x 3 wood screws r. 24 o.c each side Ridge rails at alt. lowered position Figure 32. Toed fastener shown may be toed through decking. Heads to be coun- ter sunk as to not infringe on decking surface. TABLE 15. ROOF CONNECTIONS SPECIFICATIONS In Wind Zone II install either a metal cap or straps as follows: Caps • Select metal caps made of minimum 8" x 30 ga galvanized steel or 0.019" aluminum. • Install caps continuously, overlapping by minimum of four inches at splices. • Fasten caps with 1" x 1" x 16 ga galvanized staples or 12 ga 1-1/4" long x 3/8" diameter head roof nails or #8 x 1-1/4" sheet metal screws at two inch- es o.c. both sides of ridge. Straps • Select metal straps made of minimum 1-1/2" wide x 26 ga galvanized steel or 0.019" aluminum. • Space straps a minimum of 96 inches o.c. for Wind Zone II. Alternate Hinged Roof Installation of fasteners through ridge beam Make the roof connection by fastening the ridge beams (Figure 33) according to the fastener spacing and specifications in Table 16 and the requirements that follow. Lagging application with span beam Typ fabricated drop-in peak sections to be installec after center rail beam connection is complete Refer to "Drop-in" or "Flipped" peak fastening (page 35). as applicable Where truss top chords run full length to mate line without 'drop-in'' or "fhb peak''. use peak fastening as specified for "flipped peak". Note. It is mandatory to connect roots together at rails and at roof peak for hinged roof systems Fasten per Table 16 and applicable foot notes Fastening application over non-span ares with lateral rails Fasten w ,#1O x 5" screw 24" o 0 Z-1 or 12" c.c. Z-2 at either rail location Nyik Kasten pe' Taoie Ma, :De fastened direct c, a" apprcx 4s angle a, shown .,:sic refer to choplerhental Beta, A-1 * = Fastener length may need to be adjusted as necessary to achieve 1" minimum penetration into receiving member. Installing lags. If lags are used to con- nect roofs, use appropriately sized washers, countersink the fastener heads and fill the countersink holes with putty or caulk to prevent shingles from sinking into the holes over time. When to use metal straps. If a ridge vent will be installed, use straps instead of a continuous cap. Figure 33. Fasteners through span beam or mating rails skON To ' ........ • • No. PE11700836 Wind Zone I Wind Zone II Wind Zone III 24 in 20" 12 in 24 in 12" N/A 24 in 20" 12 in Type Size Lag screw w/washer Wood screw Bolt w/washer both ends 5/16" x 6" #10 x 5" " 5/16" x 5" Direct Fastener Spacing Gasket Wall Studs Exterior Siding or Exterior Siding Underlayment 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION ;3 & SAFETY STANDARDS xj 08 0 m ce 0 3/15/2019 Fastener 42 TABLE 16. ROOF CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS 1. Access Beam or Rails: Access beam or rails through peak prior to installation of "drop-in" or "flip peak" members as applicable. 2. Install Fasteners: If using bolts, holes must be bored straight through no closer than 2" from top or bottom edge of beam. If using lag screws, they may be installed at 45 degrees (+/- 5 degrees) from top or bottom edge of beam. If using wood screws, fasten as specified in Fig. 33 detail. Refer to applicable chart for all fastener and spacing requirements. 3. Install Strap or Caps: Refer to Wind Zone 2 or 3 peak strapping requirements as de- scrived on page 41 of this manual. 4. Install Peak Closure Decking: Where decking needs to be added for roof closure at peak, fasten decking to top chords of trusses with minimum 15 ga. x 7/16 crown x 1-1/2" staples or 6d nails spaced 6" o.c. on all sides of the decking panels where supporting members are present. ONNECT Once the home is secured along the marriage line floor and roof, secure end walls, interior door- ways, and marriage line partitions according to the appropriate method described below END WALLS Method 1: Install toed fasteners through sheathing Toe fasteners through sheathing from the exterior at an approximately 45 degree angle (+/- 5 de- grees) (Figure 34) according to the fastener specifications and spacing requirements in Table 17. Clik TO Le (01' ........... __SZ" • • **,41STE,T,'•• tS:ke • .0 . •r• 0 70 I: . •• • • of* • i *SN Sils STATE OF • 0 % **4 4,••••1.Y0IitOr7e,:s*V„,." ....:,„ ,p,„ 4,,,,. wolitimilliO. 0 3 ! 1 2 .2 0 1 9 Figure 34. End wall connection toed through sheathing Fastener type 5/16" x 5" f/5 16d 12in o.c. R c c: Bin c.c. Lag screw with washer 1 Size Locations Fastener type x 5- Top, center potio -) 3/8" x 7" or 1 /2" x 7" I..ad scmw \NT-1 washer Bolt and nut with washers both sides Top, center, bottom (pre-drill holes) TABLE 17. END WALL FASTENER SPECIFICATIONS Method 2: Install bolts or lags through end stud framing Remove exterior sheathing alonn the marriage line at end walls and install fasteners di- rectly through the framing (Figure 35) according to the fastener specifications and spac- ing requirements in Table 18. After end wall fasteners are installed re-install the exterior sheathing using minimum 15 ga x 7 /16- x 1-1/2 - staples or 6d nails, spaced 2-1/2 inches o.c. along all horizontal and vertical trailing members. Figure 35. End wall connection from behind sheathing TABLE 18. END WALL CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS FROM BEHIND SHEATH- ING MARRIAGE WALL COLUMNS, OPENINGS AND INTERIOR PARTITIONS Make connections inside the home along the marriage walls (Figure 36 and Figure 37) by installing fasteners according to the specifications and spacing requirements in Table 19 Toe screw 2 x 4 or 2 x 6 studs, through-screw 2 x 3 studs. o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED >. HOUSING Cc.oNSTRUC'TION 7:1 SAFETY STANDARDS w 0 m 0 /15/2019 43 , TABLE 9. MARRIAGE WALL CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Size #8 x 4" 1 6 in. o.c. Piers under tag units. Some tag units have spe- cial piering needs due to the roof and/or floor con- struction. These will be de- tailed in supplemental pier- ing plans supplied with the home, Note that tag unit end walls are typically load bearing rather than side walls, 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 8r SAFE TY STANDARDS XI 0 08 0 < < m et 0 3115/2019 Multi Section Set Figure 36. Marriage wall connections Figure 37. Marriage line col- WrIrl connections After the main unit has been set on its foundation, install all tag units according to the fol- lowing procedure (Also refer to Supplemental Information and Details Section): 1 Position and block the tag. Position the tag unit as close to the main unit as possible at its intended location, Use a hitch jack to obtain approximate leveling and install pier supports according to Set the Home. STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION. Determine whether the tag and main unit floors are designed to line up flush or are offset by a step and adjust the tag pier heights accordingly. 2. Level the unit. Using a water level, verify that the piers are level. The elevation of all points along the lower flange of the l-beam should be no more than 1/4 inches from the desired height and should not deviate more than 3/4 inches overall. 3. Connect floors. If the floor of the tag unit is level with main unit floor, connect the floors together as described in STEP 6. CONNECT FLOORS. If the floors are offset, use the connection detail shown in Figure 38, fastening the angle iron to the tag unit with minimum 5/16" x 3" lag screws or #8 x 3" wood screws. Match fastener spacing and quantity that was used for the connection of the an- gle iron to the main unit. 4. Connect walls. Secure the tag unit walls to the main unit sidewall using #8 x 4" screws at 12 inches c.c. (see Figure 39) The sheathing shown in the detail may not be included. If included, the sheathing over the last stud bay was tacked in place at the factory for easy removal at the site. Once the wall connections are 44 oncripiefe. retali the --heathincit and complete the siding ri5tallation. Refer lc page A-14 in Supplemental Information and Details section for additional II- lastrnflons Fig. 38 Fig. 39 Figure 38. Tag unit offset floor connection Figure 39. Tag unit wall coot ecI lot -=-1`01 5. Connect roofs. Connect the tag unit roof to the main unit roof using #10 x screws or 3/8" x h" lag screws, toe screwed at each main unit vertical structural member (stud or truss) location. See Figure 40 for flush roof connections and Figure 41 for roof connections with an offset greater than two inches. Roof con-. nections with an offset less than Iwo inches do not require screws. Fig. 40 Fig. 41 Figure 40. Tag unit flush roof connection Figure 41. Tag unit offset roof connection 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > lOUSING CONSTRUCTION SAFE TY STANDARDS o 08 0 m 45 0 3/1 51201 9 When to backfill. Backfill against basement walls only after the home is connected to the foundation or the basement walls may deflect inward or col- lapse. Cutting the chassis. Do not cut, notch, bend. or alter in any man- ner beams, cross-members. and other parts of the steel chassis Once the home is properly supported and the marriage line connections are completed, remove the temporary ridge beam supports and wall/ceiling plates used to brace the ridge beam during shipment. Take care not to damage the ceiling. Remove and store or properly dispose of or recycle the hitch, axles, and wheels. These items are the property of the homeowner unless other contractual arrangements have been made. Fasten the home to the foundation (typically to the sill plate) according to the fastening schedule provided in the Supplement Section of this manual Backfill against the foundation wall to the height of the waterproofing, taking care to not damage the drainage system. Grade the site as described in Prepare the Site, STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE. Construct the basement stairs in compliance with the local building code. Take care that adequate headroom is maintained under beams and that there is sufficient landing space at the bottom of the stairs. O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS x a 08 0 < < m cc o 311512019 46 OW 19 w;;;,,,,. oN six 7-0,1 A "*.„ ? ' 4*.• . ..... .7.1„,,,, 7•• •••\sTE;i•-• vt, 6 -**((,C) t 0 '• No .''~- 0 . ,.1. • ... ... 19 - St'rei: :1v\ ,1\: _ / i • STAT E v .- C t . A: 0:co:4:4 : oA:: I''inn!Init1%%:- l• .1; 12 20 1 ,) r z.z /Qs FA, • Weatherproofing. It is vitally important to close up the home quickly to protect the interior from damage due to inclement weather. Removing shipping protec- tion. Remove shipping pro- tection from the roof prior to completing roofing. 17:701111.1,_ :%1A;'.11FACTURED > FIC,IISI.13 •:',41STRUCTION SAFETY STANDARDS 7) 0 ril 3/1512019 Complete Roof and Exterior Walls This chapter covers closing up and weatherproofing the home by completing the roofing and siding. STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF STEP 2. COMPLETE TAG UNIT ROOF STEP 3. COMPLETE SIDE WALLS SIONNKONINERNIMBK RIDGE CLOSEUP For multi-section homes, the first step in completing the exterior is sealing the roof along the ridge line (Figure 42). For homes with asphalt shingles, follow the procedure below. For homes with metal or other roofing materials, follow the instructions that come with the roofing materials or provided as a supplement to this manual. For ridge vent, see A-18 in Supplement Information & Details in the back of this manual. Cap Shingle Underlayment Metal (Wind Zone 2 & 3 Only) Factory installed Shingles Factory Installed Shingles UrificirlAyrn Roof Deck 1. When sheathing at the ridge is installed on site, make sure the roof underlay- ment is installed over sheathing (see Complete Multi-Section Set, STEP 7. CONNECT ROOF). Install 15# felt or equivalent continuously along the length of the ridge, covering all exposed sheathing and overlapping sheathing joints by at least five inches on each side. Fasten using 1" x 1" x 16 ga galvanized staples. For Wind Zone II or Ill. also apply a six inch wide strip of roofing ce- ment along each side of ridge under the underlayment. 2. Install shingles. If shingles have been left off at the ridge line for site installa- tion, install them now using 1" x 1" x 16 ga galvanized staples or 12ga 1-1/4" long, 3/8" diameter head roof nails. For Wind Zone I, fasten at 5/8 inch above each tab cutout slot and one at each end of the shingle one inch in from the edge (four fasteners for a three-tab shingle) (Figure 43). For Wind Zone II or III, use two fasteners 5/8 inch above and on either side of the tab slots and one at each end of the shingle one inch in from the edge (six fasteners for a three-tab shingle). Do not fasten through the shingle tar line. Figure 42. Shingle installation at ridge 36" Shingle 36" Shingle - Figure 43.Shingle fastener locations for Wind Zone I (left) x x x x 1 2" x xx xx 1'2, and Wind Zone ll or Ill (right). x Fastener Locations - Commodore Homes - 47 Site Install Shingles In Hinged Area Per The Instructions On The Shingle Package --- Shipped Loose With The Home. After Roof Is In The Raised Position. Trim The Shingle Underlayment To Allow The Shingle Of The Upper Roof Section To Seal Onto The Last Shingle Of The Lower Roof Section. Hinge Asphalt Roofing Cement Between Layers of Underlayment Minumum 6" Wide 'C 00 14e \.° Underlayment 0?-0° o)c) Installing a ridge vent. If a ridge vent is to be installed, fol- low the ridge vent manufactur- er's instructions provided with the material or as an addendum to this manual in lieu of under- layment over ridge line and shingle cap. Figure 44. Shingle cut into thirds Installing metal flashing. Install optional metal flashing over the roof decking before applying roofing ce- ment. Fold back the underlay- ment and fasten 30 ga x 6" wide minimum galvanized metal with roofing nails or 16 ga x 1" crown staples of suffi- cient length to penetrate the roof sheathing. Space fasten- ers four inches o.c. or less near the edge of the metal. Overlap the metal by at least two inches at joints. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSLNG CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 75 0 08 0 0 311512019 3. Install underlayment. Install 15# felt or equivalent underlayment that is at least 10 inches wide continuously along the ridge. Fasten with 1' x 1" x 16 ga galvanized staples. For Wind Zone H or HI, also apply a six inch wide strip of roofing cement on both sides of the ridge under the underlayment. 4. Install shingle cap. Starting at the opposite end of the home from the pre- vailing wind, install ridge cap shingles provided by the manufacturer or use 12" x 12" shingles (36" shingles cut into three equal pieces) (Figure 44). In- stall using 1" x x 16 ga galvanized staples or 12 ga 1-1/4" long, 3/8" di- ameter head roofing nails spaced 5-5/8 inches from bottom edge and 1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inches in from both edges. Cover the exposed fasteners with tar or cement. Cut shingle into three pieces as shown by dotted line 1 2 3 HINGE ROOF CLOSE-UP For homes with hinged roofs, complete roofing underlayment and shingles along the hinge line (Figure 45) as follows: 1. Install underlayment. Attach the underlayment to the roof deck with a mini- mum of six-inch wide strip of cement. If necessary, trim the underlayment to allow the lowest shingle above the hinge of the roof to seal to the topmost shingle on the lower portion of the roof. 2. Install shingles. Install missing shingles according to the shingle manufactur- er's instructions. STEP 2. COMPLETE TAG UNIT ROOF If the home has a tag unit, complete roofing for this unit now. The process for complet- ing the roof is different for flush and offset roofs. Follow the instructions in the appropri- ate section on next page. - Commodore Homes - 48 Figure 45. Shingle installa- tion at hinge line Refer to fastener tables in Multi- Section Set. 0 FEDERAL MADUFACTURED u DOUSING CONSTRUCTION -17 SAFETY STANDARDS a 7`3 0 r 0 FLUSH ROOFS rc-3r flush roofs, complete roofing alonj the marriage line and at the valley line as follows (see Figure 46). Figure 46. Tag unit flusn t roof connection Marriage line Method 1: Install metal flashing (minimum 30 ga x minimum 6" wide) over the joint between the main roof dormer and tag unit roof. Secure the flashing to the roof decks on both dormer and tag unit roofs with roofing nails or 16 ga staples with a one inch crown and long enough to fully penetrate the roof decks, Space fasteners at a maximum of two inches o,c, near the edge of the flashing_ Overlap seams in the metal by at least two inches. After flashing is complete, install shingles per shingle manufacturer instructions and ridge caplvent according to STEP 1. COM- PLETE ROOF Method 2: Install two layers of roofing underlayment or equivalent over the joint between the main roof dormer and tag unit roof lapping the factory installed under- layment a minimum of six inches on each side and fully cemented at the laps, I n - stall shingles per shingle manufacturer instructions and ridge captvent according to STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF Valley line Along the bottom of the valley, shingles and one or more layers of roll roofing may need to be installed. If fastened to the roof at the factory, unroll the roofing, overlap the tag roof and trim the roofing to the roof edge, If shipped loose, install the roll roofing at the valley, lapping it under the factory installed roll roofing a minimum of 12 inches and fully cement the roofing at the lap Complete shingles at the valley either by interweav- ing them or by trimming back approximately four inches from the valley line and fully cementing the exposed shingle edges. OFFSET ROOFS If there is a gap between the main unit dormer overhang and the tag unit roof of less than two inches, fold up the main unit dormer fascia, slide the underlayment and flash- ing from the tag unit roof behind the fascia, and bend the fascia back down and secure into sub-fascia with metal screws (Figure 47Y 5/201 f!.,: - Commodore Homes - 49 Covering the HUD label. Do not cover the HUD label on the exterior of the home. Removing shipping protec- tion. Remove temporary ship- ping protection from walls be- fore installing siding or serious moisture damage may result. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 73 0 08 0 < < m w 0 311512019 Figure 47. Tag unit roofing connection with less than two inch height difference If the gap between the main unit dormer overhang and the tag unit roof is two inches or more, bend up the inside corner trim at the dormer overhang and main unit sidewall, fold up the factory installed flashing on the tag unit roof, fold the inside corner trim back down, and secure into dormer wall with metal screws. 41111Mmonmen• 1._MW F co hn1.5 •••••111.. ',1i n L I Siding necessary to complete the exterior has been provided with the home. Follow the siding manufacturer's instructions (found on or with the packaging or as an addendum to this manual) and to complete the exterior siding as follows: 1. Remove shipping protection. Remove temporary shipping protection from walls. 2, Complete crossovers. Complete any crossover connections in the walls, in- cluding, electrical, stereo speaker, doorbell, telephone, and intercom wires. 3. Install siding. Fasten siding only at stud locations, avoiding electrical wires that are present in the walls. 4. Install close-up of strips. If siding has been installed on the end walls at the factory, fasten close-up strips securely along both edges and seal the edges with a waterproof sealant. 5. Install trim. Install any matching trim required to complete the installation. 6. Seal penetrations. With a waterproof sealant, seal any penetrations in the siding that may have been caused by temporary shipping protection. c rig Tay Wit Figure 4.8. Tag unit offset roof COO nection Rix, t De ck in) Meal Flx,hilc; oi T, p L Oil Sf, Ot Viny I SIC1111,:i) - Commodore Homes - 50 Use qualified electricians. All electrical work must be performed by a qualified electrician and comply with the 2005 NEa Disconnect power. Turn off power to the home before making connections. Proper use of GFCI cir- cuits. Ensure Ground Fault Circuit Interrupted (GFCI) circuits are connected to the proper GFCI protected circuits from the power supply, Connect Crossovers HEAT DUCT CROSS OVER This chapter covers f.-rossover conne!ctions between units of multi-section homes, including electrical. water, waste, gas, telephone!. and cable TV connections, For duct crossover connection. refer to -Complete Multi-Section Set- Step-4. En-sure that the crossover openings are clear and that they line up ;.(t:ross the mle. lin• and gasket in tact, For Alternate FI(!x Duct Cros- Ovor r Section A of the Supplemental Information and Details section. STEP 1. CONNECT ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS STEP 2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BONDING STEP 3. CONNECT WATER LINES STEP 4. CONNECT DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT LINES STEP 5. CONNECT GAS LINES STEP 6. CONNECT TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV WIRING Multi-section homes may have one or more electrical crossovers located in the vvall(s) and/or !loons) along the marriage line(s). JOINING WIRES Two types of connections may be present al these locations—snap connectors and junction boxes, Identify matching circuits if multiple circuits exist at a single crossover location. These will be coded for identification. Connect snap connectors according to the connector manufacturer's installation instructions, including fastener requirements. Connect wires in junction boxes as follows (Figure 49'). Pull wires. Pull circuit wires into the junction box, sliding them through a romex con- nector and secure snugly. (Figure 49) Do not over-tighten. 1 Strip wires. Remove the outer jacket that holds the circuit wires together pro- viding a 111111011.1M of four inches of free wire in the box, 2. Connect wires. Connect wires together matching like colors, us ng appropri- ately sized wire nuts. Use the ground wire to ground the junction box and/or cover plate(s), if metal, Junction boxes may contain single or multiple 15 or 20-amp circuits, or a single 240-volt appliance circuit, 3. Replace cover. Reposition the junction box cover and secure ng machine (not sheet metal) screws °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED u flOUSINC CONSTRUCTION :Po SAFETY STANDARDS 0 rn 3ii 5/2019 - Commodore Homes - 51 Crossovers Connects Figure 49. Types of junction box wiring connections int,..31e. '5 0r 20 AMP Ckirt Double 15 c“ 20 AMP 2400 Applia rIC CIR-AA FLOOR CROSSOVER When making electrical connection(s) in the floor, use one of the wiring options de- scribed below: Method 1: Access panel 1. Access wires. Find the crossover location(s) and remove the access panel(s) if attached. If access panel openings are not provided, cut through bottom board to expose the wiring (Figure 50). Route wires. Pass the wires through predrilled holes or notches in the rim joist or if there is a single bumped-out access panel as in Figure 51, then un- der the rim joists. If holes or notches have not been provided and there is no bumped-out access panel, drill maximum one-inch diameter hole(s) half-way up the rim joists on each home section, making sure the holes align and feed the wire through the hole 2 Connect wires. Connect wires via a junction box or snap-connector(s) as de- scribed above. 3, Secure wires. Secure wires with staples to adjacent joists or studs within eight inches of junction box or snap-connector(s). 4. Install smash plates. For notched perimeter joists, nstall steel wire protec- tors (smash plates) Seal bottom board. Replace insulation and re-install access panels and/or seal the bottom board with tape specially made for that purpose (nlay be pro- vided). The access panel(s) may be temporarily installed near the crossover location or shipped loose with the home. AR, el PitYtttCULAr, ,:unchon Li,hrter,sar Pn.vidffi tNith the 4-1,rne Using snap connectors. Do not use oversized nails or drive nail heads into snap connec- tors. Some connectors are de- signed for one-time use only - a new connector must be used if they become separated. Protect cables. Cover all ca- bles with conduit or other suit- able weather-resistant and pro- tective material, Figure 50. Electrical crossover floor wires with flush access panels 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> u, HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 08 0 < < m 0 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 52 „ // v A Protective Cover (If Not Provided, Patch Bottom Board.) Junctbn Bo or Snap Connector Junction box may be under or along side floor joist Gasket Wire for cross-over may be coiled inside junction box Wiring exposed to moisture and'or physical damage to be protected by ridged metal or intermediate metal conduit. CD FETKPAL ACTURED L.) 1147011S1°(.3 C.CYISTRUCTV:11 TV STANDARDS Avoid damaging crossover wires. Carefully fold marriage wall crossover wires so they stay within a single bay and are not sandwiched between studs when the sections are pulled together. Figure 51. Floor electrical crossover wires with bumped- out access panel Method 2: Junction box with conduit 1 Access boxes. If junction boxes are not exposed, access them inside the floor by cutting the bottom board or by removing the access panel(s). Remove the junction box covers. 2. Connect wires. If wire is coiled inside one junction box, insert it into flexible conduit and pass it under the rim joists to the opposing box and make the connection as described above. If no coiled wire is provided, install conduit with wire making connections in both boxes (Figure 52). 3. Cover boxes. Replace and secure covers on junction boxes. 4. Seal floor. Replace any displaced insulation and replace access panel or seal the bottom board with tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided). Variation to Method 2: A junction box may be installed only on one side with the other side containing conduit behind an access panel. Bring the conduit to the oth- er side and make one connection in the junction box. Figure 52. Under the rim joist electrical crossover connec- tion with conduit 3/15/2019 WALL CROSSOVERS Connect electrical, phone, cable television, and stereo speaker wires in marriage walls and/or partition and end walls. If access panels into the marriage walls are not provided, then the connection should have been made prior to bringing the home sections together. If access panels are provided in marriage, end or partition walls, remove the panels, join the wires as de- scribed above using the provided snap-connector, junction box, or at a receptacle, and re-attach the access panel (Figure 53 for marriage walls and Figure 54 for partitions and end walls). - Commodore Homes - 53 Endwall Side 'A' Floor Floor Factory-Installed Wire Protectors Access to Junction Endwall Box-Inside Home Side 'B' Optional Access Panel }\_Marriage Line Frame outrigger at mate line Frame outrigger at mate line FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 55 o 4:( m ce 11512019 Connect Wires at Junction Box, Receptacle, or Snap-Connector c:r) 'AL a it To ensure all metal parts are effectively grounded, electrically bond all chasses to- gether as follows (Figure 55): 1. Find lugs. Determine if solder-less ground lugs are provided on the front or rear frame outriggers or headers. 2. Attach wire. If lugs are provided, uncoil the bonding wire (#8 minimum bare copper wires) from one side of the home and connect it to the lug provided on the opposing side, tighten the set screw firmly on the wire and repeat for any additional home sections. Figure 53. Inside marriage wall crossover connection Figure 54. Inside partition or end wall electrical crossover connection Figure 55. Electrical bonding of multi-section homes Solderless lug Min. #8 copper Ground wire Wiring exposed to moisture and/or physical damage to be protected by ridged metal or intermediate metal conduit. 3. Attach strap. If ground lugs and copper wire are not provided, attach the pro- vided four-inch bonding strap to each pair of adjacent chasses with two #8 x 3/4" self-tapping metal screws (one screw each side). STEP 3. CONNECT WATER LINES Connect water lines inside the floor through access panels or below the bottom board as follows: WATER LINES ACCESSED THROUGH PANELS 1. Remove panels. Remove access panels from each home section. 2. Remove caps. Remove shipping caps from ends of water lines. - Commodore Homes - 54 drill round holes in the center of the rim joist, with a maximum diameter of one third the rim joist depth (Figure 56). 4. Connect pipes. Connect threaded water lines using provided connector fit- tings (do not use lubricants or sealants). Connect non-threaded water lines using provided fittings and cement, inserting pipe to full depth of each fitting (a short connector pipe may be provided to bridge the gap between sections). 5. Test. Test connections for leaks. 6. Seal floor. Securely replace insulation and access panels. Applying cement. Follow cement manufacturers in- structions with respect to ap- plication and drying time. Al- low cement to fully cure be- fore filling pipes with water. Figure 56. Water line crosso- ver with access panels WATER LINES DROPPED BELOW BOTTOM BOARD 1. Remove caps. Remove protective shipping caps from ends of pipes and make sure pipe ends are clean and smooth. 2. Connect pipes. Connect threaded water lines using flexible pipe or a rigid connector line (if provided) and connector fittings (do not use lubricants or sealants). Connect non-threaded water lines, pipe, and elbows with cement provided, inserting pipe to full depth of each fitting (Figure 57). 3. Test. Test connections for leaks. Refer to water line testing protocols in "Con- nect Utilities" section of this manual. 4. Protect pipes. Wrap water lines with insulation and bottom board or other- wise protect to prevent freezing. Tape bottom board using tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided) and staple with 7/16" x 1/2" staples at four inches o.c. around bottom board using a divergent (stitch) stapler or equivalent. If heat tape is used it must be listed for manufactured home use and be installed in compliance the manufacturer's instructions. Marriage Line • A/Z Choosing cement type. Use the proper cement for water lines as it may differ from the cement used for the DWV system. Supply Side (Side With Water Heater) Receiving Side Water Lne Water Line Water Line and Elbows Shipped Loose to be Added on Site Figure 57. Water line crosso- ver through bottom board Direction of Row Cap to Be Removed on Site Gasket 0 FEDERAL VIAMIKACTURED > HOUSING CC ASTRUCTION & SAFETY '..::1-i'i,r„DARDS o 3P1512019 - Commodore Homes - 55 Providing required clear- ances. Provide the drain outlet with a minimum clearance of three inches in any direction from all parts of the structure or any appurtenances and with not less than 18 inches unre- stricted clearance directly in front of the drain outlet. Pro- vide any cleanouts with a minimum clearance of 12 inches directly in front of its opening. i :)irecIer, lcm and Slepe b_c cxipltrd C Ile Oen pipe Figure 58. Drain crossover connection Figure 59. DWV system It : •-•IDa aid Slepc 6 966 Wit I Ve a S up pc S Taps —11) fl ._J o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 7:3 0 08 4 311512019 Complete portions of the drain, waste and vent (DWV) system that are below the floor as follows, 1 Remove caps. Remove shipping covers from pipes extending through the bottom board: inspect pipes and fittings and clean them of dirt, obstructions, and burrs. 2. Assemble pipes. Using the drain schematic drawing provided with the home, begin assembling the DWV system starting at the location farthest from the sewer/septic connection and working towards the outlet, fastening the pipe with cement or adjustable screw-clamp connectors, if provided (Figure 58). As the system is assembled, support the piping with temporary blocking. Unless otherwise noted on the schematic diagram, provide a minimum 1/4 inch per foot slope towards the sewer/septic using a plumber's level. Where a slope of 1/4 inch per foot cannot be maintained, use a minimum slope of 118 inch per foot and install of a full-size clean-out al the uppermost point of the run (Figure 59). out El PunI D ra 'i mi DFC,F10;.11 , us) 0 over ., ". fr... , S 0 -..-- .5 ,1 Pt:VAS ... 4c_ ,..k..,2) .._ . .; _. ,_. „,,_ _ ... . , - ---, -' -- Dr,100.11 &Nor S an )tary — Tee a it,/ ,e, ir lir - - •- - - - - ' • - ; lSonsitute for Eibm, S i':.) Pe L pn 9 Turn Tee 101,-"—LonD TJ r I oJele ong 'ITT) Ell, if Se•phe 3. Test. Conduct a two-part leakage test on the completed drainage system as follows. • Part 1. With all fixtures connected, and all tub and shower drains plugged, fill the system with water to the rim of the toilet bowl through a higher fix- ture. Release all trapped air, replace tub and shower plugs, backfill fix- tures, and allow the system to stand at least 15 minutes. Check for leaks. - Commodore Homes - 56 ong Lin EA all Provde a F Sze Clean 0J1'..\fr-an Rego, red) (Not Sti[tp1,0 hy ili turpr -, Str;ip ;it \-41 PAilxvitotl of 4 Feet A,pro • C_:«arp;or ii Choosing glues. Use only solvents and glues compatible with the pipe (ABS or PVC) Follow manufacturer's instruc- tions. Figure 61. D WV pipe support options Protect pipes from freezing. If the home is to be left un- heated in cold weather, pour antifreeze solution into all drain traps, including sinks, tubs, and toilets. Be sure that the anti- freeze is safe for the fixtures and P-traps. Installing quick disconnect fittings. Do not use tools, lu- bricants, or sealants with quick disconnect fittings. Gas test precautions. Do not connect to gas service until tests described in Connect Utilities have been success- fully completed. Drain the s yistem H leaks are trAimit r(--pair and retest • Fart 2 Plug all fixtures, sinks. showers. and tubs and till with water. Re- lease the water in fixtures simultaneously to obtain the maximum pos- tittle drain piping Ili)* As water IS draining. c.heck for le -As. ti Inv are fcund. repair and retest 4. Connect to outlet. Connect the main drain line to the site sewer'seplic hook- up, using an approved elastomeric coupling (Figure 60) 5. Install supports. Install permanent drain line supports at a distance of four feet o.c or less (see Figure 58, Figure 60 and Figure 61). 6 Insulate. Replace all insulation and make sure all potentially exposed portions of the DVVV system are well insulated to protect against freezing. The gas crossover connection may use quick disconnect fittings or threaded connec- tors. Find the connection location below the floor at the marriage line and gather the connectors (they may be shipped loose if not present under the home). For quick disconnect fittings (Figure 62), remove any dust caps and then with one hand, pull back on the quick disconnect device, snap it over the quick disconnect adap- tor and release it to complete the connection. For threaded connectors (Figure 63), remove the black cap and nipple (or any other plugs, such as a black iron plug) from both the supply and receiving sides and screw the connector onto the supply and return pipes as necessary. - Commodore Homes - 57 Figure 60. D VVV connection to sewer/septic . fr,NDAPDS 0471, • , Install telephone and cable television wiring in accordance with the requirements of the LAHJ, the NEC, and NFPA No.70-2005. When making crossover connections or in- stalling telephone or cable television wires, do not run them in the same raceway as, or in close proximity to. high voltage electrical conductors or cables. Wires should only be installed by trained professionals. Fig. 62 Fig. 63 Crossovers Connects Check for leaks before connecting to gas service (see Connect Utilities, STEP 3. CONNECT GAS SERVICE). WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT GAS BEFORE CHECKING FOR LEAKS! Figure 62. Gas crossover with quick disconnect fittings Figure 63. Gas crossover with threaded connectors Installing wiring. When in- stalling telephone and cable television wires, do not dam- age electrical wires, plumbing lines, or ducts. Serious per- sonal injury or death could re- sult from damage to electrical wires. 0 FEDERAL MAiUFACTURID> u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :10 & SAFETY STANDARDS m d11512019 - Commodore Homes - 58 Fastening gypsum. When attaching gypsum board, depress, but do not break the paper face with the fas- tener. Breaking the paper will weaken the connection, Using alternative materials. Obtain the home manufac- turer's approval before us- ing interior finish materials other than those provided with the home. Complete the Interior This chapter cevers the con lift ,n of the home's ntencr finishes, including finishing walls. ceilings flooring, trim. and mist- 'exns o STEP 1. ALIGN MARRIAGE WALLS STEP 2. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD STEP 3. COMPLETE WALL AND CEILING FINISHES STEP 4. COMPLETE CARPET °Y STEP 5. COMPLETE TRIM STEP 6. INSTALL SHIP LOOSE ITEMS Align and secure walls at marriage line openings as follows. 1 Align walls. Align walls and clamp in place. 2. Fasten walls. Secure clamped walls together with metal straps or long screws so they do not move when the clamps are removed, Insert wood wedges in gaps between walls, and glue and screw lo create a tight connec- tion, 3. Fill gaps. Fill any remaining gaps with wood or sheathing material, Finish all unfinished gypsum board walls ar id ceilings as follows. 1 Install panels. Install ship loose gypsum panels using a 1/4 inch diameter bead of adhesive on all framing members and minimum 1-1/2 inch long dry- wall screws, nails, or staples at six inches o.c. along panel edges and 12 inches o.c. in the field into framing members. 2. Mud seams. Mud and tape all seams and corners, tilling all fastener depres- sions. Follow mud manufacturer's directions. 3 Paint. When the final coats of mud is dry, prime and paint all unfinished gyp- sum board to match existing paint color and finish texture. Install interior ship loose wall and/or ceiling panels using a 114 inch diameter bead of polyvinyl acetate PVA) adhesive on all framing members and fasten with minimum 1- 1/2 inch long staples or nails at six inches o.c. along panel edges and 12 inches o.c. in the field into framing members, Install and seam ship loose or carpet as follows. 1. Prepare floor. Clean the floor of all dirt and debris and smooth the floor deck at the marriage line seams as necessary to ensure a level and smooth sur- face. 2. Lay pad. Lay down the carpet pad, if provided. 3. Stretch carpet. Ensuring all carpet "grain" runs in the same direction, fit and - Commodore Homes - 59 0 FEDERAL MANUF ACTURED > HOUSING CONST RUC TION SAFE TY STANDARDS 3/1 512019 Installing carpet. Only ex- perienced carpet installers should install carpet. Fail- ure to follow the carpet manufacturer's directions may void the carpet war- ranty. Stagger seams. Stagger all seams. For ex- ample, locate the carpet pad seam three inches to left of marriage line and the carpet seam three inches to right of marriage line. Complete the nterior secure the carpet using a power carpet stretcher. Stretch the carpet up to the seam and tack it down temporarily until the carpet is seamed. 4. Butter carpet. -Butter" with carpet adhesive the edges of the carpet along the seam. 5. Seam carpet. Place heat bond tape under the seam with the glue side next to the carpet and apply heat from a seaming iron to the top of the seam, press- ing the carpet into the glue. 6. Keep scraps. Retain reasonable size carpet scraps to protect carpet and flooring during move-in. T R Using fine gauge wire staples or pin nails, install ship loose molding and wainscot pan- eling to finish trimming out ceilings, marriage line walls, front and rear end walls, and passageway doors where necessary. Remove all strapping, blocking, and packaging from appliances, windows, and doors Install any drapes, mini-blinds, mirrors, door stops, closet shelves, and hardware per the product manufacturer's installation instructions. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :0:1 & SAFETY STANDARDS o 08 m 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 60 Location Sidewall End wall Marriage line Tag Unit Porch Post Offset Unit Need for a stabilizing sys- tem. The manufactured home must be secured against the wind by the use of an anchor assembly or an alternative foundation system. Where site or other conditions prohibit the use of the manufacturer's in- structions, a registered en- gineer or registered archi- tect must design the stabi- lizing system. Flood and seismic forces. The stabilizing system re- quirements in this chapter do not consider flood or seismic loads and are not intended for use in flood or seismic hazard areas. In those areas retain a regis- tered engineer or registered architect to design the stabi- lizing system. °FEDERAL MAMUFAr-TURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION SAFETY STANDARDS m c 0 3/1512019 - Commodore Homes - 61 Install Stabilizing Systems This chapter covers the design and installation of the stabilizing system which secures the home against lateral and upward forces caused by wind. The system covered here uses earth (or ground) anchors and steel straps connected to the home's longitudinal steel beams and/or exterior walls. Stabilizer plates may also be used to prevent the anchor head from moving lat- erally in the ground. An anchor. strap, and stabilizer plate (if used) together are referred to as a tie-down. STEP 1. DETERMINE ANCHOR LOCATIONS STEP 2. DETERMINE TIE-DOWN CONFIGURATION STEP 3. SELECT ANCHORS STEP 4. INSTALL ANCHORS STEP 5. INSTALL STRAPS STEP 6. TIGHTEN AND ADJUST STRAPS 116111116MallIMISIMINNOMMISMINIONSWIS, Create a sketch of the home plan showing the exterior walls, marriage line(s) (if any) and frame I-beams (this will be similar to the base sketch created in Prepare Footings). See Table 20 for a list of anchor locations, types. and where they are required. As each anchor location is determined. mark it on the sketch, noting important dimensions such as spacing between anchors. When complete, this will be the home's tie-down plan. TABLE 20. ANCHOR LOCATION TYPES Type Wind Zone I Wind Zone II Wind Zone Ill Frame Vertical Frame Vertical Vertical Frame Vertical Vertical Yes 1 Connect any factory-installed sidewall tie-down straps to a ground anchor regardless of the wind zone in which the home is placed. Yes Yes No' Yes No Yes No Yes No Sometimes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sometimes Yes Yes Yes Maximum spacing re- quirements. The LAHJ may have anchor spacing requirements that super- sede the values provided in this manual. Figure 64 and Figure 65 illustrate typical anchor locations for a double-section home in Wind Zone I, Wind Zone II, and Wind Zone Ill respectively. Sidewall Frame Tie-Down I-Beam End Wall Tie-Downs (Some Houses) Marriage Line Key: —.___Anchor Head -Strap Vertical Tie- Figure 64. Typical anchor locations for a double- section home in Wind Zone 1. V V V V V V V V Figure 65. Typical anchor locations for a double- section home in Wind Zone II or Wind Zone III. V V V V V V V V SIDEWALL FRAME ANCHORS Use Table 21 to determine the spacing between anchors for Wind Zones I, II, and Ill respective- ly. Spacing requirements will vary depending on the type of home (single or multi-section), the slope of the roof, the width of the floor for each section, the sidewall height, I-beam spacing, and the height from the ground to the strap attachment point. Determine the values for the home. Using the table for the appropriate wind zone, determine the column and row that corresponds to the characteristics of the home. The value on the tables is the maximum distance between anchors. Keep in mind that sidewall frame tie-downs must be located no more than two feet from each end wall. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION R SAFETY STANDARDS C3 08 o 4:t < m ct 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 62 MAXIMUM DIAGONAL TIE-DOWN STRAP SPACING NOMINAL SECTIONAL FLOOR WIDTH SINGLEJDOUBLE MAX HGT. FROM GROUND TO DAIGONAL STRAP ATTACHMENT 82.5' MAINRAIL SPACING 99 5" MAINRAIL SPACING 12/24 WIDE (144' NOM SECTION WIDTH 25" 14'-2" N/A 33" 11' 9" N/A 46" 9'-1" N/A 67" N/A N/A 14128 WIDE (166' NOM SECTION WIDTH, 25" 18'-2" 15-11" 33" 16%1" 13'-6" 46" 13'-3" 10'-8" 67' 10.-0" N/A 16/32 WIDE (180- MOM. SECTION WIDTH) 25" N/A 191-5" 33" 19,-0" 1T-5" 46" 16'-5" 14'-7" 67" 1S-1" 111-3" 12/24 WIDE (144' NONI SECTION WIDTH) 25" 6'-2" 4'-3" 33" 51-2" N/A 46" 67" 4'-0" N/A N/A N/A 14/28 WIDE (168' NOM SECTION WIDTH) 25" 33" 46" 7'-7" 6-10' 6P-91' 5%9' 4'-6" 67" 4,-3" N/A 16/32 WIDE 080- MOM,SLCTION YVID I) 25" 33" 46" N/A 7'-6" 6'-9" 7'-10" 7'-2" 6'-0" 67" 5,-4" 4'-7" 12124 WIDE (144' NOM SECTION WIDTH) 25" 33" 5'-1" 4,-3" N/A N/A 46" N/A N/A 67" N/A N/A 14/28 WIDE (166' NOM SECTioN MOTH 25" 6'-2" 5'-7" 33" 5'-8" 4,-9" 46" 4.-8" N/A 67' N/A N/A 16/32 WIDE (180" NOM SECTION WIDTH) 25" N/A 6.-3" 33" 6-1" 5-11" 46" 5,-7" 5-0" 67" 4,-5" N/A NOTES. I CHARTED VALUES PER TABLES 1 AND 2 3285.482, kr MAX CEILING HEIGHT AND 4.3/12 MAX ROOF PITCH. 2 FOR R 'S-13C EXUDING i'12 UP TO till. TIE-DOWN SPACING IS A MAXIWIM OF 3 FEET ON CF—NTD,- 3 AND IS APP.C.ABLE IC MaC3 ZONE- ONLY. 3 .-CPt ALT9MATE TIE DOWM SYST?1_ R13,64 TO THE SUPPLBAEINT AL P4FOV4ATION AND DETAILS SECTION 4. GROUND ANL)IORS LISeMila..IST NOT DE SPACED CO THAN THE MIIMIAUP SPACING PERMITTED BY THE ANCHOR MANJFACT1JRER /STING CFI CERTIFCATION WI N D Z O N E - I II WI ND Z O N E - I I WI N D Z ON E - I 0 `7-:.:-Y1.7PAL r:A7ACTURED > u IJSC !".`e",.::.,;. RUCTION :3 7ci TANDARDS 0 TABLE 21. SIDEWALL FRAME ANCHOR MAXIMUM SPACING - Commodore Homes - 63 When to install marriage line anchors. Anchors along the marriage line must be installed prior to the second half of a multi- section home being set. _I sTLL k.LL: F' T F.17. WIND ZONE-2 & ZONE-3 • : 0`. 1 I cc -Fr. P.7,77- PORCH CONNECTION TO FOUNDATION 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> (..) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS m owtiluiti" .ON *5;4 • Near beam method. For all Wind Zones, connect an anchor strap from the anchor '0 ..1... 4 41, 4 head to the beam closest to the anchor. In addition for Wind Zone II or III, connect a . ..' ,ti .- ‘r., 0 6NzE.. 43 0%, 1, vertical strap from the sidewall of the home to the anchor head using a double-headed I . ; <2. No. .. I S.. 1 1. anchor. _ — ; S'al..... STATE or.... .... 4'1,7;9;0 ;1114 i. OS , i 20 1 P DETERMINE TIE-DOWN CONFIGURATION There are two primary tie-down configurations: the near beam and the far beam methods. If the anchor spacing selected in the appropriate anchor table (Table 21) has an asterisk (*) then use the far beam method. Otherwise, use the near beam method (Figure 66). Each method varies by wind zone as described below. - Commodore Homes - 64 SIDEWALL VERTICAL ANCHORS Homes designed for Wind Zone II or III also require vertical tie-downs along the sidewalls. The vertical tie-down anchor straps are factory installed and indicate required vertical tie-down loca- tions. Where factory installed straps are not present, there may be factory installed brackets to receive site obtained straps or the brackets may be site installed as well according to Fig. 75A. Vertical and frame sidewall tie-downs may connect to one double-headed anchor or each to its own dedicated anchor. Any factory-installed sidewall tie-down straps must be connected to a ground anchor regardless of the wind zone in which the home is placed. END WALL FRAME ANCHORS End wall frame tie-downs are especially important for homes that are wider and have higher roof pitches because those features increase the surface area exposed to wind loads at the ends of the home. MARRIAGE LINE VERTICAL ANCHORS (WIND ZONE II & III) In Wind Zone II or III. marriage line anchors are required at each column along the marriage wall. There may be manufacturer-installed brackets indicating required tie-down locations (may be identified by tags or paint). If brackets are not present, then an alternative acceptable con- nection method, such as steel angles must be used (Figure 74). If necessary to avoid interfer- ence with piers. the tie-down location may be offset horizontally from the column by a maximum of 12 inches. PORCH POST ANCHORS (REQUIRED IN WIND ZONES II AND III ONLY). SEE FOLLOWING ILLUSTRATION. FF. 7 ".1,T,I F7, 311512019 Near Beam Frame Tie-Down Vertical Sidewall Tie-Down (Wind Zone II and III Only) Near Beam Frame Tie-Down (Omit In Wind Zones II and III) Vertical Sidewall Tie-Down (Wind Zones II and III Only) Floo 59.i!i!i!1(.6!;!i!i!iiiri!i!iti!iroi51.!;!i!"ei..itiii!;!,!;!;14155foi!1! /7— 60. Maximum Ground Level vs•WW('-( s.ofr Stabilizer Plate ‹e` Ground Anchor • Far beam method. For Wind Zone I connect anchor straps from the anchor head (us- ing a double-headed anchor) to both of the home's main frame beams. For Wind Zone II and Wind Zone III connect one anchor strap from the anchor head (using a double- headed anchor) to the home's far beam and one to the sidewall of the home. Floor , ; , ;!.:1;i:iy01(;(;,;(;,;?;,1 , ; ,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Far Beam Frame Tie-Down (To Be Added When Near Beam Strap Angle Ground Level Exceeds 60' As Indicated By r( On Achor Charts) fi.VV ' 'c(c VVVVVW Stabilizer Plate Ground Anchor Figure 66. Lateral tie-down configurations Use the torque probe results from Prepare the Site, STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL-BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST LINE and the anchor manufacturer instructions; select the type and length of anchor to use. The installed ground anchor size (length) must be listed (i.e. approved) for the soil class. Make sure the anchor is of sufficient length such that the top of the helix is below the frost line. Select a shaft diameter sufficient to resist excessive torsion, "ring-off (when the helix or anchor head separates from shaft) or shaft splitting. Consult the anchor supplier for guidance. Review all of STEP 3. INSTALL ANCHORS and STEP 4. INSTALL STRAPS before making fi- nal anchor selections to determine when single-headed vs. double-headed anchors should be used. Follow the specifications in Table 21 when selecting stabilizing system components. ALTERNATE TIE DOWN SYSTEMS. It is acceptable to use any proprietary tie down system provided that complies with the following conditions: 1. Systems must be listed by a nationally recognized third party agency. 2. System must be approved by a professional engineer. 3. System must be installed in accordance to the Manufacture's installation instruc- tions. Some of the systems, which have been approved for use, include: Vector Dynamics, Oliver Technologies Inc., Tiedown Engineering Xi2, as well as any other company complying with the conditions listed above. It is important to insure that any tie down system being used has been rated for the wind load application in which the home is sited. Anchors must have a minimum design load rating of 3150 lbs (4725 lb working load). ALTERNATE CONCRETE SLAB ANCHORS. In lieu of auger-type ground anchors described in this manual, anchors which are designed to be imbedded in concrete are acceptable substi- tutes. Such anchors must be appropriately rated for design loads and installed according to our installation instructions. Anchors must have minimum design load rating of 3150 lbs. (4725 lb working load). 0 r4; ct - Commodore Homes - 65 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > c.) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION a. SAFETY STANDARDS x m ."' 3/1512019 Anchors Straps Stabilizer plates 47 I.. !-;•. -3; • nstall Stablizing Systems TABLE 22. ANCHOR SYSTEM MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS Component Specification Anchors must be tested and listed to resist a minimum ultimate load of 4,725 lbs and a minimum allowable working load of 3,150 lbs or ultimate and corresponding working load limited by soil condi- tions and anchor length. The working load is the maximum load the designer can use. Ground an- chors must be provided with protection against weather deterioration and corrosion at least equiva- lent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than 0 30 oz per sq ft of surface coated. Straps must be minimum x 0,035 zinc-coated (0.30 oz per sq ft) steel strapping conforming to ASTM D3953-97. Type 1, Grade 1, Finish B with a minimum allowable working toad capacity of 3.150 'ffs and a minimum atruate .oaci of 4.725 ?Os Slit or cut edges of zinc-coated strapping do not need to he zinc coated. The size and type of stabilizer plate, if required by the ground anchor manufacturer, will be specified in the anchor manufacturer's instructions. Stabilizer plates must be provided with protection against weather deterioration and corrosion at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 oz per sq ft of surface coated. Alternatively, ABS stabilizer plates may be used when listed and certified for such use. Before beginning anchor installation, check for obstructions under the home such as piers and frame members that may interfere with the tie down strapping. Check with utility com- panies to determine the location of underground utilities, such as electrical and phone lines, and water, sewer, and gas pipes that may be buried in potential anchor locations. Also check for homeowner-installed wires and pipes, such as those connecting exterior lighting or sheds to the home. These must also be avoided, FRAME ANCHORS Frame anchors can be installed in two ways, in-line and against a stabilizer plate. The two methods are discussed below: In-Line Configuration The in-line configuration (Figure 67) for homes can be used in Wind Zone I only. Typically. in-line anchors are used under high homes where the anchors can be installed from under the home after the home is set. In-line anchors can also be installed before the home is set, however, precisely aligning the anchor with the home both vertically and horizontally is diffi- cult. Using swivel connectors for the strap to beam connection can provide some horizontal flexibility. To install in-line frame anchors, drive the anchor into the ground at an angle and location such that a straight line can be drawn from the lip of the anchor through the anchor head and to the connection point on the I-beam (Figure 67). Grading area around anchors. Anchor heads should not rest in sunken spots. Grade the ground so that water does not collect around anchor heads, but runs away from the anchor and out from un- der the home. Do not bury anchor heads. Figure 67. In-line anchor configuration - Commodore Homes - 66 Figure 68. Stabilizer plate configuration 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > ODOUSING CONSTRUCTION :11:3 & SAFETY STANDARDS 23 C) 08 o ‹c. < m C 0 311512019 Stabilizer Plate Configuration Stabilizer plate configurations (Figure 68) are suitable for homes in all wind zones. Anchors may he installed after the home is set. A stabilizer device, typically an ABS or metal plate. is used to prevent the top of the anchor from slicing through the soil when the load is applied. Stabilizer plates are available in i variety of widths. Choose the widest plate that can be driven into the soil to maximize resistance to movement The LAHJ may have stabilizer plate requirements. Install anchors with stabilizer plates as follows. 1. Locate anchor Select a location for the anchor under the home but within six inches of the exterior wall (Figure 69). Avoid locations that will interfere with skirt- ing TC 72-1' 1 ' ;77_74i:f , , • 2 Install anchor. To assure that the anchor attachment point will end up at the stabi- lizer plate, start the anchor insertion approximately 12 inches back from the de- sired location if using a 48 inch long anchor, or approximately 16 inches if using a 60 inch long anchor. Install the anchor at about 15 degrees off vertical, with the head tilted away from the home, Install the anchor to a depth of approximately one half its length. 3 Drive stabilizer plate. Drive the stabilizer plate into the ground to its full depth at the point determined in Step 1. 4. Complete anchor installation. Screw the anchor the rest of the way into the ground. The finished anchor must be installed to its full depth. VERTICAL ANCHORS To install vertical anchors, screw the anchor into the ground directly under the strap at- tachment point on the home until the bottom of the anchor head is flush with the ground or no more than one inch above grade. Figure 69. Determining an and stabilizer plate lo- cation Soil depression. Do not locate anchor heads in soil depressions where water may pool Follow the instructions below to connect straps from the home to sidewall frame, end wall frame and vertical anchors. Always protect straps at sharp corners including around I-beams with radius clips or other methods (Figure 70). Radius clips may be fabricated from 26ga (min) by 1 ../4-inch wide gal- vanized steel strap formed to fit around corners. O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o NOLISING CONSTRIKTION SAFETY STANDARDS 0 0 3/1512015 08 - Commodore Homes - 67 I Stabilizing Systems Figure 70. Rad s clips SPLICING STRAPS Splicing may be required when a pre-cut strap is of insufficient length. Splices in tie-down straps are not permitted in a 'Y' configuration. Overlap straps by 12 inches, applying one splice clip from above and the other from below, use a crimping tool to tightly seal the splice clips (Figure 71). Do not run any portion of the splice through an anchor head bolt. Apply Splice ps n D rection (.)t Arrows Strap — Figure 71. Tie-down strap splice NO L Approx. 2" Splice Not Permitted O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > -4 HOUSING COUST RUC T1011 SAFETY STANDARDS m ci SIDEWALL FRAME ANCHORS Install straps to sidewall frame anchors as follows: 1 Connect strap to home. Connect one end of the strap to the home connection point using approved buckles or clips (swivel or hook clip preferred). 3115/2019 Figure 72. Strap to beam connection 0 Connec I hook, to top ot rn j1 n he rtm and coenec:t et!i,• • end CI I !TAN 2. Connect strap to anchor. Connect the other end of the strap to the split bolt in the anchor. Leave enough strap length to be able to make at least three, but no more than five complete turns around the bolt before it becomes tight (approxi- mately 2 1/2 inches per turn or 7 1/2 to 13 inches total). Fewer than three turns and the strap may not hold onto the bolt when force is applied. Conversely, more than five turns may not fit within the U-channel of the anchor head. Follow the pro- cedure outlined in Figure 73. Strap to beam connection. Regardless of the strap sup- plier's recommendations, the strap must be connected to the top of the main beam to prevent damage to the struc- ture. strap aroonci maul heatil - Commodore Homes - 68 ( -• • • , II .1•,k• U FL ' • ty -,1' (70 trn p,“ , 547 t, • h(dr`, '.hr• n.•••1,- rdrx:„ 1111 k: • :1••,1 • .•nr-r,i III Hrt•r! •••' '••r• I i I'. ,r5(-•^. Figure 73. Procedure for connecting the strap to frame and anchor Pretension anchor. For anchors with stabilizer plates, pretension the anchor by pulling it up to the stabilizer plate using the strap and lake-up bolt to move the an- chor head. Continue pulling the strap until the plate moves a small amount (about 112 inch). This is called packing the plate and it will yield the strongest resistance (the bottom of the anchor head should be maximum 1/4 inch above the top of the stabilizer plate). END WALL FRAME ANCHORS Attach straps to the bracket welded by the manufacturer to the frame (Figure 74). If no brackets have been installed. use approved beam clamps designed specifically for this pur- pose. available from anchor suppliers Connect straps to anchors following same procedure as for sidewall frame anchors. FEDURAL MANUFACTURED X,' u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -43 SAFETY STANDARDS 0 08 3/1512019 - Commodore Homes - 69 Pier NMI UMW 45 - 5lD Degrees - Anchor with 11 -, ir I I Stabilizer Plate- , —1 1 1-111-7111,, _ Eric Wall Tie-Down Strap MIN nstall Stabilizing Systems Figure 74. End wall frame r'_inch or a tin chmen t method Main Beam Bracket Anchor head location. As the anchor is pulled up to meet the stabilizer plate, the head of the anchor will rise. In its final position, the bottom of the anchor head should be no more than 1/4 inch above the top of the stabilizer plate. ow" P 10114 'is • S. • • : 710:AIC:1111:1A:Fit7?.:i .44°;47 114'41 in 1 rri ...K. I -------__ I ---,- i ill\ 1 I i i, I 'X ' / \ / i i 1K 18' Thicl, x 0 DIA, / / Bi'acket aiiri Ply inw , ...ILA 1 r.-ii ri..1,1ting Line ...i. .........rrt..4.v.,\H„..,.._ lii Figure 75. Marriage line tie- down connections using 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED >run HOUSING CONSTRUCTION ...f 12 .nin & SAFETY STANDARDS noe) CD 08 0 m Ito 1, 0 6' x rtt,ii Thqad lags Manage vai, Cad rri ,/ Tie DaiAii, Slips Asp e C del-el s.01',17,11 wIII L rids. /55.-s FT 01, 0,1l F rion, Systeiii 311 512019 - Commodore Homes - 70 Attach each tie-down bracket to edge of outer perimeter joist with ("2-. 51 6" y 3" lag screws Slot not required Tie-coon strap may be installed between horizontal flange of angle bracket and perimeter floor foist Figure 75A ALT. TIE-DOWN BRACKET AT SIDEWALL (ZONE II and ZONE III REQUIRE- MENT) 3\/her facto-, installec! Zone-2 & --,_trricane straps are not present: brackets may be user Sucr, brackets may be installed on site cY at factory' a -id must be spaced no more than 5'-9' apart er,e-dov,,ms an,- not to exceed 24" from each end of home or alternate mate line suppob cnr.mn ne-down bracket see Pic 75 3 Refe, to pre,,ous STEP 5 for requneg radius clips when strap is installed th,ough s'ct in bracket 4 Site obtained brackets anus or strabp;ng must be rated for such use and must conform to stated loading requirements as defined for tiedown rn tins manual Alternate verb: a: te-down brackets a -c topically pre-tnstalied at factory An anchor an:: strap must be installed at eacr of these locations ,,-Hso refe[ to Table El for requnen lone 2 & 3 diaconal dame tie downs After all anchors have been installed and pre-tensioned. recheck all anchor straps to assure that they are tight and that the anchor shafts have remained in contact with the stabilizer plates. Do not over-tension straps. Af:TURfD 0; WV:TION IV ST At:I-MI:11S 0 aft 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 71 Special precautions when installing electrical service. Installation of the electric power to the home can cause exposure to live electrical cir- cuits. Exposure to live electri- cal circuits or improper ground- ing of the conductor in the panel board may result in se- vere shock or possible electro- cution. A qualified installer must make the connections for the electric power. Connect Utilities Connect Utilities This chapter contains procedures and requirements for the connection and testing of utility hook-ups. Responsibility for making utility connections varies by locati_m. Consult the LAHJ and the utility before connecting the home to any utilities. STEP 1. CONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE STEP 2. CONNECT WATER SERVICE STEP 3. CONNECT GAS SERVICE STEP 4. CONNECT OIL SERVICE The home is designed for connection to an electrical wiring system rated at 1201240 volt AC. All electrical field work must be done by a licensed electrician or other person approved by the LAHJ. FEEDER WIRE AND EQUIPMENT SIZES The current rating (in amperes) of the home can be found on the tag located on the outside next to the feeder or service entrance, and on the electrical distribution panel. Using this information, determine the required feeder wire size from Table 23. These sizes are based on an ambient temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit and do not take voltage drop into consideration, Acceptable conductor types are: RHH, RHW, RHW-2, THHN, THHW, THW, THW2, THWN, THWN-2, XHHW, XHHW-2, SE, USE, and USE-2. TABLE 23. ELECTRICAL FEEDER WIRE AND EQUIPMENT SIZES FOR COP- PER CONDUCTORS Main Max. Breaker . Neutral Size"n Feeder Panel Load Box (AMPS) (AMPS) Junction box size NA 10x10x4 10x16x4 10x 16x4 10x24x4 Minimum Size Raceway Conduit Diameter (in) 1 1-1/4 2 2 3 Conductors (Cu) Red & Black (Power) #4 AWG #4 AWG 2J0 AWG 3/0 AWG 400 kcmil White (Neutral) #8 AWG #4 AWG 1/0 AWG 210 AWG 300 kcmil Green Grounding) Bare Ground 50 35 100 70 200 140 225 158 400 280 #10 AWG #8 #8 AWG #8 #6 AWG #4 #4 AWG #4 #3 AWG 110 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -4 3 & SAFETY STANDARDS o 08 0 <E. Ill C6 0 31151201S - Commodore Homes - 72 Power supply. A large enough power supply must be available at the site. An in- adequate power supply may result in improper operation of and possible damage to mo- tors arid appliances. It may also increase electricity costs. Grounding the electrical system. Do not provide elec- trical power until the ground- ing electrode is installed and connected. When the meter base is not on the house never use the neutral conduc- tor of the feeder cable as a ground wire. FEEDER CONNECTIONS Feeder connections are made from above or from below the home as follows. From above - mast weather head feeder The routing, connection, and support of the service drop must meet local codes. Homes equipped this way contain all necessary conduits to the electrical distribution panel. Howevei, the feeder conductors (riot provided with the home) are installed on site If the masthead is located _,itiove the roof overhang, allow a minimum clearance of eight feet above all roof points that the conductors pass over. There are two exceptions to this rule. (1) The vertical clearance may be reduced to three feel if the roof has a minimum slope of 4 in 12, and (2? The vertical clearance may be reduced to 18 inches if no more than lour feet of service-drop conductors pass above the roof overhang, and it they terminate al a ihrough-the-rooi raceway or approved support. A minimum clear- ance must also be provided from the final grade to the service-drop conductors, This measurement may vary from 10 leet to 18 feet, depending on the types of traffic antici- pated below the service drop (refer to the NEC). Unless impractical, locate service heads above the point of attachment of the service-drop conductors and make them rain-tight If individual conductors do not extend downward, form drip loops. From below - underside junction box feeder A section of conduit is factory installed through the floor cavity. Connect to that conduit with approved fittings and conduit Mot provided with the home) to the point where the service entrance cable enters the crawl space. Install properly-sized service entrance conductors from the main power supply to the panel board. Depending on the location of the main panel board inside the home, or the point at which the service entrance conductors enter the crawl space a separate service disconnect may be required_ Re- fer to Table 23 for the conductor and junction box requirements. The installer must provide the supply connection including the feeder conductors, junction box, and con- duit connectors Protect conductors emerging from the ground from a minimum of 18 inches below grade to eight feet above grade, or to the point of entrance to the home. The distance measured from the lop surface of a buried cable, conduit, or raceway to the finished grade must meet the minimum burial requirements outlined in the NEC. Use a moisture-proof bushing at the end of the conduit from which the buried cable emerges. GROUNDING The home must be properly grounded to protect the occupants. The only safe and ap- proved method of grounding the home is through an electrically-isolated grounding bar in the manufactured home distribution panel board. This grounds all non-current- carrying metal ports to the electrical system in the home at a single point. Each neutral conductor must be connected to the system grounding conductor on the supply side of the main disconnect in accordance with Articles 250.24, 250.26, and 250 28 of the National Electrical Code, NFPA No, 70-2005 Where the meter base has a disconnect (typically when the meter is more than 6 feet from the service electric panel, although this may vary by LAHJ) the ground and neutral should be bonded at that disconnect and then grounded to the driven earth ground. Four wires will leave the service electric panel to the disconnect. Three wires will enter the disconnect from the meter base (refer to Figure 76). Where there is no disconnect on the meter base or between the meter base and ser- vice electric panel (typically when the meter is within 6 feet from the service electric panel, although this may vary by LAHJ), the main circuit breaker in the service electric panel becomes the first disconnect In this case, the neutral and ground are bonded in the service electric panel and connected to the driven earth ground from the service electric panel. Three wires lead between the meter base and the service electric panel (refer to Figure 77). - Commodore Homes - 73 O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED tiousuici CONSTRUCTION 7:1 SAFETY STANDARDS o 08 o 3/15/2019 ttutittimj km-1 hit k A Pub bull PP'' ,I2A-Et t: Neutt,tdEl A but t.t,rttlottitt1 Equ,pc,-,tut Grarll 14[1'1'1, 1 tt*.t. • -0111,-,tit Lt. fint 1 Pr. 12, Att ,t EH:, t7rt.torr.1 t.; tri hitt '2 itcHi tv f\t ,titr EI,11 1,10, E.,• 1,1011, Mutto E `t-ttt1,1•14' f`t.,t,l I its: tii112,1 Dr, tt,trIttt, t tiN,11 7 Molt, Figure 76. Electrical feeder connection when Meter has a disconnect installed (typically more than 6 feet from service electric panel). Figure 77. Meter base wiring when there is no separate dis- connect installed (typically within 6 feet of service electric panel). In all cases, a grounding electrode conductor and a ground wire must be installed ac- cording to the following specifications. 1. Grounding wire to be per Table 23 provided by the manufacturer, If the manu- facturer provides a minimum 112 inch EMT or conduit raceway. the #6 mini- mum bare copper wire is provided by the retailer for installation. 2. The clamp connecting the grounding wire to the electrode shall be suitable for direct burial and located flush or below ground level. 3. Use a listed 5/8 inch diameter by eight fool long iron electrode or nonferrous rod of at least 1/2 inch diameter by eight feet long for grounding (larger sizes may be required by the LAHJ due to soil impedance). 4. Drive the electrode to a depth of not less than eight feet so that at least eight feet of the electrode is in contact with the soil. 5. When rock is encountered, the electrode may be driven at an angle not to ex- ceed 45 degrees from vertical or buried in a trench that is at least 2-1/2 feet deep. o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION _T:17 & SAFETY STANDARDS 23 CI 08 m 311 512019 - Commodore Homes - 74 FIELD INSTALLED METER BASE 'VVhen a meter base is installed vi the field Figure 78 and the lollow rig requirements must be adhered to the meter base according 1c 1he manufacturer s instructions • Use straps to support an v cnchul Do not use the meter base equipment for support. • Use exterior equipment and enclosures listed as weatherprool and entrance conductors listed for wet locations. • The grounding bar may, he installed separate from the neutral bar for pur- poses of testing the electrical system. • The grounding bar ma ,,, be isolated during the electrical check and re- attached. after the tests are completed • Check with the local electrical utility to verify meter base requirements and lo- cations and distances for the main panel and meter box. • The field installed mete! base enclosure must be installed in accordance with its listing. Fasten securely to exterior wall studs and provide for a weather- tight seal. • Check the local code for any requirements regarding the location of the meter base , Figure 78. Motor base clear- a Hoes, CONNECTION To connect the home's water system to the water source, identify the water inlet !b- oated under the home (usually below the water heater compartment or utility room) and follow the procedure described below (refer to Figure 79). 1 Flush pipe. Flush field-installed water piping free of all debris prior to connec- tion to the homes water inlet. 2. Clean threads. Ensure that pipe threads are clean. 3. Install pressure-reducing valve. If the local water supply exceeds 80 psi in- stall a pressure-reducing valve. 4. Connect valve. Install a main shut-off valve between the water supply and the inlet on the home. Locate the riser for the shutoff valve underneath or ad- jacent to the home. Select a lull flow gate or ball shutoff valve, or equivalent valve. To prevent the possibility of fresh water contamination install an anti- siphon valve on all field installed exterior faucets. 75 Selecting heat tape. Use only pipe-heating cable (tape) listed for manufactured homes, and install it in accor- dance with the cable (tape) manufacturer installation in- structions, Maximum water pressure. The water system for the home was designed for a maximum inlet pressure of 80 psi, O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > (...) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 71 & SAFETY STANDARDS xi m - Commodore Homes -cj 5/15/201&' Factory-Installed Water Pipe Optional Hose Bib (Not Supplied) Connect To 'T NW- u Y --_ Here For Water System Test Service Connection ---- (Not Supplied) _Mandatory Shut-Off Valve (Not Supplied) Locate Water Riser Underneath or - Adjacent to Home Bottom Board Field- Installed Drain Pipe Exterior Wall Factory- Installed Drain Ppe C rawispace --.-Perrneter Enclosure Water Heater Drip Pan—N 5. Install water heater discharge drain. Inspect the drain opening on the water heater to ensure that it is clear of any obstruction. if the home is to be installed on a basement or enclosed crawlspace, install drain pipe connecting the dis- charge from the water heater temperature and pressure relief valve to the out- side or to a sump. Install water heater drip pan drain. Assure that the drain for the water heat- er drip pan does not terminate under the home. Using the materials provided and the accompanying instructions run a drain line from the water heater drip pan through the wall or floor to the exterior of the crawl space. Terminate the line between six and 24 inches above grade. (Figure 80). Make the termina- tion point rodent proof. 6" to 24" 11--711 =1 —11=-1 I i=111=1 iT~ 1=-1 1=111=111—I 1E--111--EWEI 117H117H11=W —II1=111 11 —# IR - Commodore Homes - 76 Figure 79. Water system con- nection Using check valves. Install a check valve on the water inlet to prevent water system drainage in the event of a loss of water pres- sure from the source. Such pressure loss could cause the water heater to drain, exposing the heating elements of electric water heaters causing them to fail. NOTE: Consult water heater manufacturers instructions regarding any measures required for thermal expansion based on site water main hookup. All materials or fixtures required for thermal expansion relief to be provided and installed on-site by others in accordance with water heater manufacturer instructions and shall be subject to inspection and approval protocols of the local building authority. Figure 80. Water heater drip pan and drain I. EbERAL MANUI AC i!,Ri.to HOUSING CONSTRUCTION SAFE TY` STANDARDS xi 0 04 1114/2021 ° Selecting heat tape. Use only pipe-heating cable (tape) listed for manufactured homes, and install it in accordance with the cable (tape) manufacturer in- stallation instructions. Testing water lines. Only use pneumatic (air) testing when hydrostatic testing is not practi- cal. Air under pressure is ex- plosive. Exercise extreme cau- tion and notify all site person- nel of the test. Wear protective eyewear and take precautions to prevent impact damage to the system while the test is in progress. Do not pneumatically test CPVC systems. Pneumati- cally test Flow Guard Gold sys- tems only at low pressure lev- els (20 psi or less). Pressurizing water lines. When pressurizing the water system, connect the pump to a location above a closed shut- off valve so as not to introduce pressure into the municipal water supply. Insulate. In areas subject to freezing temperatures, protect with insulation or heat tape pipes, valves and pressure reducers that are exposed to the outdoors; and pipes in wa- ter heater compartments with non-insulated doors. Connect heat tape to the electrical outlet under the home near the water supply inlet. TESTING After testing the electrical system and connecting the water lines check the water sys- tem for leaks using one of the procedures described below. Before testing, close all water faucets, spigots, and toilet-tank float valves. Hydrostatic (preferred): 1 Bypass water heater. Bypass the hot water heater by disconnecting the hot outlet and cold inlet water lines from the water heater and joining them to- gether. This will protect the hot water tank from damage and protect those in- volved in the test from possible injury. 2. Fill water heater. Confirm that the water heater tank is full of water. Pressurize system. Connect a hydrostatic pump, valve, and gauge to the lo- cation shown in Figure 79. Pressurize the system with water at 80 psi, and then isolate it from the pressure source. Bleed all air from the highest and far- thest points in the system. 3. Hold pressure. Monitor the pressure for at least 15 minutes. 4. Fix leaks. If the pressure drops below 80 psi, locate and correct any leaks by cutting out and discarding bad pipe sections or joints and installing new pipe or joints with couplings. 5. Repeat. Repeat the test until all leaks have been eliminated. Pneumatic: 1. Bypass water heater. Bypass the hot water heater by disconnecting the hot outlet and cold inlet water lines from the water heater and joining them to- gether. This will protect the hot water tank from damage and protect those in- volved in the test from possible injury. 2. Pressurize system. Connect an air pump and pressure gauge to the water inlet, pressurize the system to 80 psi and isolate the pressure source from the system. 3. Hold pressure. Monitor the pressure for least 15 minutes. If the pressure drops below 80 psi, locate any leaks by applying soapy water to the connec- tions and looking for bubbles. 4. Fix leaks. Correct any leaks by cutting out and discarding bad pipe sections or joints and installing new pipe or joints with couplings. 5. Retest. Repeat the procedure until all leaks have been eliminated. 6. Restore connections. Reconnect the water heater and the water supply. FREEZE PROTECTION FOR UNOCCUPIED HOMES If the home is to be left unheated in cold weather, protect water lines from freezing as follows: 1. Disconnect supply. Turn off the water supply and disconnect the water sup- ply inlet. 2. Drain water heater. Turn off the water heater; if necessary, attach a hose to the valve to direct water away from under the home, open the drain valve and drain the tank completely. 3. Drain faucets. Open all faucets throughout the home (including the laundry area if plumbed, and any exterior faucets) and let them drain completely. 4. Drain toilets. Flush toilets and drain water tanks completely. 5. Close faucets. Close all water faucets with the exception of one. 6. Connect compressor. Connect a maximum of 30 psi air supply to the water inlet connection using a low pressure compressor. 7. Open faucets. With the air supply on the system, open one faucet at a time - Commodore Homes - 77 Ful =low ShJtot4 Valve Reoired (Suppled By 7 °hers) \—Dust Cover (Supplied By Others) SoJrce of Gas throughout the home. Disconnect compressor. After the en re system has been drained of all wa- ter, disconnect the air supply and close the water inlet valve. 9. Pour anti-freeze. Pour an antifreeze solution into all drain traps, including sinks, tubs, and toilets. Be sure that the antifreeze is safe for the fixtures and P-traps. Installing gas lines. Only qualified professionals may connect and test gas service, Figure 81. Gas service con- nection FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 15 & SAFETY STANDARDS 7:1 Ct 3/1512019 CONNECTION the home uses natural or liquid petroleum gas (LPG, also known as propane) for wa- ter or space heat ng, cooking or other appliances, follow the procedure described be- low. 1. Inspect vents. Assure that all exhaust vents on gas-fired equipment are se- curely connected and that roof jacks and stacks have not come loose during transit and they are properly installed. 2, Review appliance instructions. Review each appliance manufacturer's in- structions before the home is connected to the gas supply. Most gas appli- ances are typically configured to operate on natural gas, If the gas supply will be LPG, consult the appliance manufacturer's instructions to determine what changes need to be made, For homes located above 3,000 feet, appliances may require a different orifice. 3. Remove cap. Remove the protective cap from home inlet pipe and install a full flow shut-off valve at the supply inlet (Figure 81) 4. Install regulator. The gas piping system is designed for a pressure that is al least seven inches of water column (4 oz. per sq in or 0.25 psi) but not more than 14 inches of water column (8 oz, per sq in or 0.5 psi). If gas from any supply source exceeds, or could exceed this pressure, install a regulator if re- quired by the LAHJ. 5. Connect supply. Using matching threaded fittings, connect the gas supply to the inlet side of the shut-off valve. 6. Close valves. Close all valves at appliances prior to opening the main supply valve. TESTING Test the gas piping system in the following two ways: 1) piping only and 2) entire sys- tem. Consult with the LAHJ for any additional testing or start-up requirements. Before testing is begun, the temperature of the ambient air and the piping should be approximately the same. Conduct the tests when and where air temperatures will re- main constant. Piping only test (all appliances isolated) 1. Isolate appliances. Isolate all appliances from the system by closing all ap- - Commodore Homes - 78 Fill gas water heaters. Before lighting the pilot on a gas pow- ered water heater, fill the tank with water. Failure to do so could damage the water heater. VIATT TP.L1.. 7/1 2120,91 2. Attach gauge. Attach to the home's gas inlet a mercury manometer or slope gauge calibrated in increments of not more than 1/10 lb. 3. Pressurize system. Using an air compressor, pressurize the system with compressed air to three psi (±0.2 psi) and isolate the pressure source from the system. 4. Monitor pressure. Monitor the pressure for at least 10 minutes. 5. Check for leaks. If pressure drops below three psi (±0.2 psi), check for leaks by applying a non-corrosive, ammonia-free gas leak detection fluid to the joints at all valves, appliance connections, and crossover connections (do not use dish washing detergents, soap, or other household chemicals). If bubbles form, tighten the connection and recheck. 6. Repair leaks. If leaks persist, replace defective pipes or fittings with sound material and retest. 7. Release pressure. Release pressure and open all appliance shut-off valves. 8. Rinse connections. Thoroughly rinse all tested connections with water to remove leak detection fluid. Entire system test (with appliances) 1. Close appliances. Close all gas equipment controls and pilot light valves ac- cording to the individual gas equipment manufacturer's instructions. 2. Open valves. Assure that gas shut-off valves for all gas equipment are in the open position. 3. Attach gauge. Attach to the home's gas inlet a pressure gauge calibrated in ounces. 4. Pressurize system. Pressurize the system with compressed air to six to eight ounces (3/8 to 1/2 psi, or 10 to 14 inches of water column). 5. Check for leaks. Check for leaks as described above in step 4 of the Piping only test. Replace defective pipes or fittings with sound material and re-test. 6. Rinse connections. Thoroughly rinse all tested connections with water to remove leak detection fluid. GAS APPLIANCE START-UP Open the shut-off valve for each appliance and adjust the burners according to the ap- pliance manufacturer's instructions. Verify that the furnace and water heater thermo- stats are operating properly and set them to the desired temperatures. p 1 "4 Homes that are equipped with oil burning furnaces must have oil supply piping installed and tested on site by a qualified professional in accordance with NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment, 2001 or the requirements of the LAHJ, whichever is more stringent. We do not supply oil piping or tanks. OIL CONNECTION Consult the furnace manufacturer's instructions for proper pipe-sizing and installation procedures. Where piping is run through the bottom of the home, ensure all holes in the bottom board are sealed tight with foam, mastic, and/or tape specially made for that purpose and made rodent proof. When equipping the home with an oil storage tank, comply with the following: • Install the pipe with a gradual slope toward the fill end or drain plug (if so equipped) to facilitate pumping or draining of water and sludge. • Provide a readily accessible approved manual shut-off valve at the outlet, in- stalled to close against the supply. • Equip the tank with an approved oil filter or strainer located downstream from the tank shut-off valve. Use a filter or strainer containing a sump with a drain to trap water. • Equip under ground tanks with a filler neck extending one foot above grade and a minimum 1-1/4 inch diameter vent pipe extending at least two feet above grade. /Z. Testing oil tanks. All oil storage tank and piping installations and tests must meet all applicable local regulations and should be made only by experienced, qualified personnel. - Commodore Homes - 79 above grade. • Locate the tank to be accessible for service and inspection, and safe from fire and other hazards. • If the tank is located inside a compartment of the home, provide ventilation at the bottom of the compartment to permit diffusion of vapors. if the tank is fixed to the home, provide for filling and draining from the outside. • Insulate interior tanks from the structural members of the home. Provide tanks so installed with an outside fill and vent pipe and an approved liquid level gauge. • Install tanks that feed vaporizing type oil furnaces so that oil flows by gravity. To achieve efficient gravity flow, make sure that the bottom of the tank is at least 18 inches above the furnace oil control level. • Tanks for gun type oil furnaces (these furnaces include a fuel pump) may be installed above or below ground. OIL SYSTEM TESTING Before operating the system, fill the lank to capacity with the fuel to be burned and visually check all joints in the system for leakage. Replace (do not repair) parts that leak. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :13 & SAFETY STANDARDS 7-3 o 08 0 <C. m ci 3/1512019 - Commodore Homes - 80 Use listed appliances. All applicable appliances must be listed or certified by a nationally recognized testing agency for the ap- plication for which the unit is intended and installed in accordance with the terms of its listing or certification 0 Fag- Ftf:_ ti()Ilffirf, RUCTO)14 cAFETVTAM:MR.0S 0 a Prepare Appliances and Equipment This chapter prpvides insirur-tiorr - !or installing andlor preparing ;appliances and other equipment While the items below ,-an he c mplfons 0 anv onrn S List itEm, CONDUCT ELECTRICAL TEST, moot he -4.-ne INSTALL AIR CONDITIONER OR HEAT PUMP PREPARE HEATING SYSTEM INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT PREPARE VENTILATION SYSTEM PREPARE FUEL-BURNING WATER HEATER PREPARE CLOTHES DRYER PREPARE SMOKE ALARMS "--z" PREPARE FIREPLACES PREPARE KITCHEN AND BATH APPLIANCES / FIXTURES INSTALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING V INSTALL CEILING FANS AND LIGHTING TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CENTRAL UNITS Install split system or unitary central air conditioners and/or heal pumps as follows. Check suitability. Check the home s Comfort Cooling Certificate (may be included with the data plate) to confirm that the home is suitable for installation of central air. If so, note the air distribution systems rated duct capacity (BTU/hr), any equipment siz- ing guidance provided by the manufacturer and information provided to calculate the home's heat gain. 2. Select equipment. Select equipment with a rated heating capacity (BTU/hr) not ex- ceeding the maximum indicated on the home's data plate and a rated cooling capac- ity sized in accordance with Chapter 28 of the 1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Funda- mentals or ACCA Manual J, Residential Cooling Load, 8th edition. Information needed to calculate the home's heat gain can be found on the home's comfort cool- ing certificate. Choose equipment with a minimum circuit amperage (found on the equipment rating plate) no greater than the branch circuit rating of the exterior air conditioning receptacle (indicated on the adjacent tag), if present. 3. Install A-coil. When installing a cooling A-coil in a down-flow furnace that incorpo- rates a fresh air intake duct, position the duct in the furnace cavity according to the furnace manufacturer's instructions (Figure 82). For electric down-flow furnaces, trim the ventilation duct as needed to allow installation of the A-coil and secure the duct to the wall of the compartment or to the top of the A-coil. Do not restrict the flex duct opening; allow the duct insulation to contact the A-coil, or allow the duct to become kinked, restricted, or configured to form a trap 3/I -4 01 9 - Commodore Homes - 81 Figure 82. Whole house ventilation flex duct in an electric down-flow furnace From left to rigm as pre- pared in the factory: proper installation with A-coil, im- proper installation with A- Selecting A-coils. Use only A-coil units compatible and listed for use with the furnace in the home and installed in accordance with the furnace manufac- turer's instructions. Installing flue stacks with a hinged roof. If flue stack components are installed above the finish roof line (as is often the case with hinged roofs), an Alterna- tive Construction letter is normally required along with a follow-up inspection. Contact the factory for guidance, Venting appliances to the outside. Vent to the exte- rior of the home all com- bustion appliances except ranges and ovens. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> HOUSING CONSTRUC.TION -433 & SAFETY STANDARDS PZI 0 rn 0 51A01 Properly sizing equipment. Oversized cooling equipment can lower energy efficiency, reduce comfort, shorten equipment life, and may cause moisture problems in the home (including potentially damaging the home's structure). Sizing guidance is provided by the Manufactured Housing Research Alliance Cooling Equipment Sizing Guidelines available at E If the homedoes not contain a factory installed heating appliance, install a remote heating ap- pliance according to INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT. Prepare fuel-burning heating systems included with the home as follows: 1 Inspect for damage. Inspect the furnace and report any damage. 2 High altitude. If the home is located more than 2,000 feet above sea level or as in- dicated in the furnace manufacturer's instructions, derate gas furnaces 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. This work must be done by a qualified (and in some ju- risdictions, licensed) technician, 3 Convert for LPG gas. If LPG gas (propane) will be used, convert the appliance from natural gas to LPG gas use. Conversion must be made by a qualified and (if required by the LAHJ) licensed technician, 4. Install intake air pipe. Consult the appliance manufacturer's instructions for maxi- mum allowable pipe run length, requirements for air dampers, locations relative to expected snow levels (check with the LAHJ for expected snow levels), acceptable materials, pipe supports, and pipe termination requirements. 5, Install flue. For combustion appliances, install the flue roof cap and stack assembly as described in PREPARE FIREPLACES, Chimneys. Install remote units in compliance with all heating and cooling equipment requirements in this chapter above and the following: 1 Locate connections to the home. Find the installed connectors, labels, or tags un- der the home indicating the required connection points for supply and return air. If connectors are not provided nor location indicated, select a supply duct location such that there are approximately equal numbers of supply registers forward and rear of the connection point. Locate the return duct in the center of the home, 2 Install ducts. Install the appropriate supply and return ducts (not provided) between the remote unit and the home (Figure 83), making connections according to the in- structions for crossover ducts in Crossover Connections. -Commodore Homes - 82 :3. Install dampers. 11 irISLIillrig a remote cooling Unit in a home with a factory installed dan-4--lers between the furnace and the home's air duct system, and betwr tic remc,te unil and the home's air duct system to prevent warm air in heat- ing ni Lie roril escaping to the remote cooling unit and vice versa. 41 Selecting ducts. Exterior ductwork for remote units must be provided by the installer or HVAC contrac- tor, Ducts must be ap- proved for exterior installa- tion and should be wrapped with insulation of at least R-4 under a vapor barrier with a perm rating of not greater than one. (For ENERGY STAR homes, the R-value must be at least that specified on ENERGY STAR Site Instal- lation Checklist—generally a minimum of R-6 or R-8.) Figure 83. Remote unit damper locations 4. Connect wiring. Install a thermostat containing a fan switch. Connect utilities in ac- cordance with all the manufacturer's instructions and local codes. 5. Seal penetrations. Repair or replace all floor insulation disturbed during the duct in- stallation and seal holes in the bottom board using foam, mastic, or tape specially made for that purpose. Figure 84. Ducts connect- ing exterior heating and/or cooling equipment to the home °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 17 SAFETY STANDARDS a 08 m cr:0 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 83 Prepare Ap • ances and E Choosing pipe lengths. The appliance manufac- turer may designate the length of the pipe run based on the pipe diameter and the number of turns in the pipe run, Venting exhaust systems. Exhaust vents must extend to the home's exterior through skirting. Termina- tion of the dryer exhaust underneath the home can cause condensation and moisture damage to the home_ Lint and dust accu- mulation can ignite, causing a fire. The exhaust system must not contain reverse slope. Prepare the whole-house ventilation system according to the ventilation system manufac- turers instructions. Confirm that any fresh air intake ducts extend to the exterior and do not draw air from the crawlspace under the home. Do not allow any fresh air ventilation intake ducts to become kinked or restricted, forming a trap (Figure 82). The water heater discharge and drip pan drains should have been installed in Connect Utili- ties. In homes with direct-vent water heaters (that utilize gas, oil, or other combustion fuel), and where the water heater is not independently vented to the exterior through a grilled opening, provide combustion air from under the floor using pipe and cement acceptable to the appli- ance manufacturer or through the roof via a double-walled flue pipe. If provided through the floor, run the air piping to the exterior of the home, with supports spaced every 3-112 feet o.c. or less. Terminate the pipe facing downward a minimum of 12 inches above the ground sur- face and provide a screen on the pipe vent cap. L < DRYER VENTS s a cl If the home includeothes dryer, the components for ventilating the dryer are included with the home (but not necessarily )nstalled) and a vent opening has been roughed in eith ..r in the wall or floor. (If a dryer is not installed, seal all dryer vent openings). Run the dryer vent to the outside through the exterior wall or through the floor to a point be- yond the perimeter of the home, using materials approved by the clothes dryer manufacturer (see Figure 85). unt Fie f-k)or Vent Thinugli F xterior Figure 85. Clothes dryer ventilation ductwork through floor (left) or exte- rior wall (right) 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o 110111SINC, CONSTRUCTION & SAFE TY STANDARDS X CI 08 0 4 MI fX 0 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 84 Avoid damaging struc- tural elements. Do riot cut or otherwise damage structural elements such as floor joists or wall studs for the installation of the dryer exhaust sys- tem, Gas. Ventilation c:ompo- nents that may be in- cluded with the home for an electric dryer may riot be acceptable for gas dryers. Consult the gas dryer manufacturer in- structions, 5 Install the vont as follow 1 s Remove temporary caps. Remove any temporary seals and duct caps from the vent f ()ugh openings 2 Install ductwork. Install ductwork using clamps (do not use screws or other fasten- ers that penetrate into the duct) and support the duct with supports connected to the floor pasts or Chassis at two feet a.c or less. Ensure duct connections are internally overlapped to prevent irifirbitrrig the flow (3f air and thereby causing lint accumulation, '3. Install cap and damper. Install an approved dryer vent cap with damper on the ex- tenor termination of the duct If the vent terminates at skirling, secure the cap to framing or skirting with sheet metal screws and seal edges with caulk or sealant. If the vent terminates throigh a wall, apply a head of sealant to the hack of the cap around the opening and secure with sheet metal screws lc metal, hardboard or fiber cement siding or with wood screws to a mount block for vinyl siding. 4. Seal opening. Seal openings inside and outside of the home including at the floor, interior walls siding and skirting with caulk), and at the bottom board using foam. mastic and/or tape specially made for that purpose GAS DRYERS If the home was riot lilted for a as dryer installing one requires substantial alteration to the home. Gas supply piping and ad',.;Liate venting must he provided as specified by the dryer manufacturer and Installed by a In„iined professional Do not cut major structural elements to accommodate a gas dryer. The home has several factory installed smoke alarms that are wired to a 120-volt circuit. If the home was designed for placement on a basement, an additional alarm is provided for installa- tion at a pre-wired location under the home. Connect the basement smoke alarm and test all alarms as follows. 1. Check circuit. Ensure that electrical power to the home is activated and that the smoke alarm circuit is on. 2 Remove batteries. Make sure backup batteries lit any) are removed from all smoke alarms. Test alarms. Press the test button on each alarm sequentially. All alarms should sound si multaneously when the test button on any one smoke alarm is pressed. Replace (with the same brand as those installed elsewhere in the home) any alarms that do not sound and re- test 4 Replace batteries. After successful test, replace the backup batteries, discarding the pro- tective tabs. See page A-15 and A-16 in Supplement Information and Details section for smoke alarm and 3-way switch connections. Installing ducts. Keep ductwork straight and smooth as possible without excess slack. Slope it slightly downward towards the exterior to facilitate mois- ture drainage. 0 FEDERAL MANUF ACT URED > L.) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION L-17 SAFE P? STANDARDS 0 m 3/1512019 08 - Commodore Homes - 85 CHIMNEYS Fireplace and wood stoves may require on-site installation of additional sections of approved chimney pipe, a spark arrestor, and a rain cap assembly (Figure 86). Follow the manufac- turers instructions and the procedures described below: 1 Remove coverings. Remove protective materials covering the roof flashing and any foreign material from the installed part of the chimney. 2. Install chimney pipe. Assemble and seal the chimney per the fireplace or wood stove manufacturers installation instructions and if there is a conflict between the instructions and the figure, follow the instructions. To assure sufficient draft for proper operation, extend the chimney at least three feet above the highest point where it penetrates the roof and at least two feet higher than any surface within 10 feet of the chimney (Figure 87). Use addi- tional section(s) of chimney pipe (not provided) if required by local code or if the site has ob- structions within 10 feet of the chimney. - Commodore Homes - 86 Figure 86. Chimney and combustion air in- take duct installation Selecting the appro- priate flue. Wood fire- places use larger di- ameter flues than gas fireplaces. Make sure flue matches the appli- ance type. Gas fire- places cannot burn wood because the flue is too small and smoke will back up into the home. If wood fire- places are converted to gas the flue will be too large resulting in ex- cessive heat loss through the chimney. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACT URED > 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 73 & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 o m ce o 311512015 Figure 87. Chimney clearance 3 Install shingles. Install shingles up to the edge of the flue cut-out in the roof deck. Secure shingles installed under the roof flashing with asphalt cement. 4. Install flashing. Place Ilashing over pipe section and shingles, and set in asphalt cement. Secure flashing to roof deck at the top two corners with roofing nails. 5. Complete shingles. Cut shingles in successive courses to fit around the pipe and embed them in asphalt cement where they overlap the flashing. Secure shingles with roofing nails through flashing and apply asphalt cement over nail heads. The com- pleted installation should appear as shown in Figure 88, with the lower part of the flange overlapping the lower shingles and the side and upper shingles overlapping the flange. , • • ,,, , , • E ,T 1 E T, THE, ,Et ,Tr t.E1 T THE E'r :FTE 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED 101.1SING CONSTRUCTION :g & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 o -4 o 3/1512019 - Commodore Homes - 87 Upper and Side Shingles Overlap Flange and Are Set In Asphalt Cement Lower Part of Flange Overlaps Lower Shingle Flue Pipe - Roof Shingles Flange Figure 88. Roof flashing and shingle installation around chimney Push Down --Caulking /— Flange Flashing Storm Collar ,1" Trim With Sheet Metal Sheers If Difficult To Make Flashing Lay Flat On Roof Installing combustion air inlets. Do not install the combustion air inlet such that material from the hearth can drop be- neath the home. Installing exhaust ducts. Route exhaust ducts so they do not terminate beneath the home. Lighting installation. A qualified electrician should install lighting. Before connecting lighting, disconnect power to the lighting circuit. Ground all exte- rior light fixtures. Using a non- combustible ring. In- stall a non-combustible ring completely cover- ing any combustible surfaces the fixtures may be mounted on (e.g. hardboard, clad wood and vinyl siding), or when ceiling materi- al is exposed between the light fixture canopy and the junction box. COMBUSTION AIR INLETS Combustion air inlets provide combustion air through the floor or an exterior wall to a combus- tion appliance. If through an exterior wall, site installation is not required. If through the floor, extend the duct from its point just below the floor to the outside (additional duct material re- quired for this may or may not be provided with the home). Locate the inlet damper above ex- pected snow levels (contact the LAHJ for snow levels). Follow the fireplace manufacturer's instructions (typically in the fireplace/stove or with the chimney parts). HEARTHS If shipped loose, install the fireplace hearth according to the fireplace manufacturer's instruc- tions. .4% Install kitchen and bath appliances according to the manufacturer's instructions and the pro- cedures described for each appliance below. COOKING APPLIANCES If the home is provided with a range, cook top and/or grill containing its own exhaust system that penetrates the floor, complete the exhaust system as follows: 1. Remove covers. Remove the cover on the factory-installed exhaust pipe protruding from beneath the floor near the appliance. 2. Install termination fitting. Secure the provided termination fitting at the outside edge of the floor. 3. Install duct. Use the provided flexible metallic duct to connect the elbow protruding from the floor and the termination fitting. Refer to the manufacturer's installation in- structions for guidance on supporting the duct and making the connections. SITE-INSTALLED GAS APPLIANCES Install only appliances with a Btu capacity equivalent to or less than the capacity of the facto- ry-installed piping and at the location of a factory-installed gas riser. REFRIGERATOR Prepare the refrigerator as follows: • Remove straps, blocks, or other securement devices used for shipping and patch any resulting marks on floors or walls. • If the refrigerator has an icemaker, check water lines for leaks upon installation and a few days later to make sure no leaks have developed. SITE-INSTALLED APPLIANCES AND FIXTURES If sinks, tubs, showers or other fixtures or appliances are to be site-installed, follow the manu- facturer's installation instructions. Use only products listed for use in manufactured homes and follow all applicable local codes. "While this manual provides general instructions for site completion of certain ele- ments, be aware that HUD Site Construction Approval is required for features such as vent stack completion, added hearths, site installed appliances and fixtures, etc. as ap- plicable. If home is subject to such construction and inspection an appropriate notifica- tion and instruction package will accompany the home. In such cases mandatory pro- tocols are in place for implementation and inspection of these items. - Commodore Homes - 88 CJ FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :IS R SAFETY STANDARDS 0 rn< CC varani Figure 89. Exterior lighting connection Installing ceiling fans. A qualified electrician should install lighting and fans, Before con- necting the ceiling fan or light, disconnect power to the fan wires Any unit installed out- side of the home (such as in a porch ceiling) shall be listed for wet locations, 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > FIOUSING CONSTRUCTION -713 & SAFETY STANDARDS o 08 0 0 .111512019 canopy and the iunc- ilOrl box Install exterior lighting according to Figure 87 and the following 1. Remove cover. Remo, e the screws and cover from electrical junction box 2. Install flash ring. Place the non-combustible flash ring over the junction box. Connect wires. Connect fixture wires to house wires in the box, black to black, white to white, and equipment ground to equipment ground. using listed wire connectors Push wires into the box 4. Connect fixtures. Connect the fixture to the junction box or strap using screws pro- vided with the light fixture 5. Weatherproof. Weatherprooffcaulk around the base of the fixture, leaving a small gap in the caulking on the bottom to permit drainage of water that may accumulate. 6. Complete installation. Install bulb and globe on the fixture and verify proper opera- tion Install ceiling fans no closer than 44 inches to a smoke alarm, measured from the center of the fan to the center of the alarm and with the trailing edges of the blades at least six feet-four inches above the finished floor Comply with all unit manufacturers' instructions and the re- quirements below. CEILING FAN/LIGHT MOUNTED TO FACTORY-INSTALLED ELECTRICAL BOX IN CEILING Before installing the unit, make sure that adequate structural bracing is present in the ceiling. If uncertain, check with the manufacturer. Follow the fan or light manufacturer's instructions to connect the unit and complete the wiring. If the instructions are not available, connect the wir- ing as shown in Figure 90. Figure 90. Wiring for a ceiling fan or chain- hung light fixture with a maximum weight of 35 lbs CEILING FAN/LIGHT MOUNTED ON SITE-INSTALLED DECORATIVE BEAM Where the electrical box will be mounted in a site-installed decorative center beam attached to the ridge beam, connect the fixture as follows (see Figure 91): 1, Cut hole. If the decorative beam (shipped loose) does not contain a precut hole for - Commodore Homes - 89 Ridge bear, 20:3 Cf,1114, BEM, f ,nstallabal HrOn • box Cut ii Flout no iriFirdili II I • • iiii• iS pr,,11" tis Ridgy, bt?•arri t‘,1, t•-•kiite Ni• •,.11y 'or ',NI e ire r.• BOX VOl .l IV it Flit Side Krit•iikiititt.L,-, Prepare A •ances and Equ the electrical box, cut a hole with a diameter approximately 1/4 inch larger than the box's using a hole saw. Align the hole with the supply wire location and center on the beam. 2. Install box. Install the box in the hole and secure the flange (plastic boxes only) to the decorative beam with four #6 x 1- screws. 3. Insert wire. Insert the ceiling wire through a knock-out hole in the side of the electri- cal box. It may be necessary to cut a notch in the top of the decorative beam (on the supply wire side of the center beam hole) allowing the supply wire to be inserted into the electrical box without binding against the beam during installation. Leave ap- proximately four inches of wire free in the box. 4. Attach beam. Secure the decorative beam in place over the center line joint, check- ing that the supply wire is not pinched or penetrated by beam fasteners. Secure the electrical box to the ridge beam with #8 x 2 1./2 - wood screws through the two holes in the top of the box. 5 Strip wires. Strip about 3/4 inch of insulation from the white and black conductor ends of the supply wire. Position ring. Position the non-combustible flash ring (provided) over the electrical box so that the finished surface (adjacent to electrical box) which is to be covered by the fan canopy is not exposed, 7. Install and wire unit. Follow the unit manufacturer's installation instructions for mounting the fan/light assembly to the box and for electrical wiring. Use provided electrical connectors for splicing wire. Choosing ceiling fan junction boxes. Con- nect ceiling fans only to junction boxes listed and marked for ceiling fan application in ac- cordance with Article 314.27(b) of 2005 NEC, Always ground metal junction boxes. Selecting fan weight. Do not use any ceiling fans or light fixtures that exceed the weight rat- ing of the box (35 lbs unless otherwise noted). Grounding electrical devices. Ground fans/lights using a fix- ture-grounding device or a fixture-grounding wire as specified in the manufacturer's instruc- tions. Figure 91. Ceding fan/light mounted to flush ridge beam 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o NOOSING CONSTRUCTION 17 8, SAFETY STANDARDS 73 0 08 0 4 m ct 0 311312019 - Commodore Homes - 90 After completion of all electrical yaring and connections. including crossovers. appliances. lights, and ceiling fans, inspect and test Ihe electrical system as follows. 1 Fill water heater. Fir! water heater before turning on power to the home or switching on the circuit breaker 2 Test continuity. Before turning on the electrical power Io the home, conduct an electrical continuity test to ensure that exposed metallic pads of the home and the chassis are effectively bonded. Test operation. After turning on the electrical power to the home, conduct opera- tional tests of all devices (except water heaters, electric ranges, electric furnaces. dishwashers, clothes washers/dryers, and portable appliances) to demonstrate that they are connected and in working order, 4 Test polarity. After turning on the electrical power to the home, conduct electrical polarity checks to determine that connections of electrical equipment installed or completed during installation have been made properly Visual verification is an ac- ceptable electrical polarity check. O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o MOUSING CONSTRUCTION _71 i; SAFE TY STANDARDS 0 I if 0 m - Commodore Homes - 91 Sealing bottom boards. A continuous and sealed bottom board is critical for home performance, energy efficiency, protec;- lion against moisture problems, prevention of pipe freezing, and protec- tion against insects and rodents. Bottom board sealing methods. Tapes shall never be used alone to repair a bottom board. Divergent staples or mas- tic must be used in tan- dem with tape to prevent future tear off. Fastening vinyl siding. Do not install fasteners directly into vinyl siding, Allow for siding thermal expansion by pre-drilling minimum 1/2 inch diame- ter fastener holes or fas- tening skirting to a ledger under the home (see Best Practice tip). 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED (.3 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -0 & SAFETY STANDARDS m 08 3/1512019 Comp ete Exterior Work Complete Exterior Work This chapter covers sealing the bottom board,installing the ground cover and skirting, preparing wind protection shutters, and completing site-built structures. STEP 1. REPAIR AND SEAL BOTTOM BOARD STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER STEP 3. INSTALL SKIRTING STEP 4 ASSEMBLE OPTIONAL WIND PROTECTION SHUTTERS ir STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE-BUILT STRUCTURES Tears and openings in the bottom board can result from transportation or installation activi- ties. Inspect for holes and gaps the entire bottom board, especially areas around service penetrations, crossover connections, pipe and duct hangers, foundation elements, and the perimeter of the floor. Using approved materials appropriate for the type of repair, repair the bottom board wherever torn or loosened as follows: 1. Insulate. Replace any missing insulation prior to closure and repair of the bottom board, paying particular attention to insulation gaps that may have been created at P-traps, 2. Repair large openings. Repair large openings with a durable patch made of bottom board fabric or other compatible material and fastened with vinyl bottom board tape held in place by fasteners installed with a divergent stapler, Seal the edges around patches with foam or mastic. For large openings, install a rigid backer board behind the bottom board to provide a fastening substrate for the patch. 3 Repair small openings. Repair small gaps and tears with a combination of vinyl bottom board tape, patches, mastic, or foam sealant, If the space under the home is to be enclosed with skirting or other materials, a ground mois- ture retarder of a minimum six mil thick polyethylene sheeting or equivalent must be installed covering the ground under the home. Moisture retarders are not required in arid regions (less than 15 inches of rainfall annually) with dry soil conditions. If on-grade (surface) footings are used, install the ground moisture retarder prior to placing the footings, or install it around the footings after all other work under the home is complete. Install the ground moisture retarder as follows: 1. Apply sheeting. Unroll the ground moisture overlapping joints in the sheeting a mini- mum of 12 inches and covering the entire area under the home except for areas under recessed entries, decks, and porches. 2, Seal joints. It is recommended that the joints be sealed with a product that adheres to the plastic vapor retarder or by tape that adheres to the seam. 3. Weigh down. To keep the retarder in place, weigh it down with stones, concrete blocks, or other heavy, durable materials. 4. Repair tears. Repair any voids or tears in the retarder by patching with like material, maintaining a minimum 12-inch overlap and sealing as described in item #2, - Commodore Homes - 92 Avoiding radon. For enclosed pe- rimeter wall crawlspace foundations in areas where radon is commonly found in the soil, continue the moisture retarder up the perimeter wall at least 12 inches, sealing the edges and between the seams with mastic. TABLE 24. SKIRTING SPECIFICATIONS Specification Component Skirting must be of weather-resistant materials or provided with protection against weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coat- ing of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 oz per sq ft of surface coated. Skirting made from wood or wood products and used within six inches of the ground needs to be made of materials naturally resistant to decay and termite infestation or pressure treated. Ventilation openings must be covered for their full height and width with a perforated (114 inch maximum opening in any dimension) corrosion and weather-resistant covering that is designed to prevent the entry of rodents. Skirting Vents Attaching vinyl siding. To install skirting on vi- nyl-sided homes, screw a treated 2 x 4 on edge to the underside of the floor joists two inches back from the edge of the home. Screw skirting tight to the 2 x 4. Avoid backfilling against skirting. Do not backfill against non- structural skirting. Skirting is any structural or non-structural penmeter crawlspace enclosure. Complete site-built structures (see STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE-BUILT STRUCTURES) that abut the home (such as porches, attached garages. and steps) prior to installing skirting. To design and install skirting comply with the skirting manufacturer's instructions (if provided) and the following. 1. Configure skirting. Run the skirting along the perimeter of the home's heated, condi- tioned space. Do not enclose with skirting areas under recessed entries, porches, or decks (whether constructed as part of the home or added on site) unless skirting is of the fully vented type and installed so as to allow water to freely flow out from under the home. 2 Fasten skirting. Recess the skirting under the siding or trim and attach it to the home in a manner that prevents water from being trapped between the siding or trim and the skirting. For wood, aluminum or fiberglass skirting, install a skirt rail (lumber strip) under the floor inset at least 1-1/2 inches from the edge of the siding for attachment of the skirt- ing. Allow for frost heave when installing skirting in areas subject to frost. 3. Provide ventilation. Unless the skirting has integral ventilation openings that meet the following ventilation requirements, install equally sized ventilation openings on at least two opposite sides of the foundation. Size ventilation area to equal at least one square foot or each 150 square feet of under-floor area (or for each 1,500 square feet if a ground moisture retarder is installed according to STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOIS- TURE RETARDER). Place vents as high above the ground as practical. 4. Install access. Provide an access opening not less than 18 inches wide and 24 inches high and located so that any utility connections located under the home are accessible. 5. Extend vents, drains, and inlets. Run appliance exhaust vents, combustion air inlets, and air conditioner condensation drains through the skirting to the outside and terminate each as instructed in the sections of this manual corresponding to each appliance. 6. See following illustration for alternate vinyl skirting installation, which has been accepted by the following manufacturers. TruGuard Vinyl Skirting, Everlock Vinyl Skirting and Crane Vinyl Siding 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o )> NOUSING CONSTRUCTION 8. SAFETY STANDARDS CI 0 1512019 - Commodore Homes - 93 VINYL SIDING CUT OFF AT BOTTOM IN FIELD FOR 1 1,4- MIN.LAP OVER GALV. STARTER FACTORY INSTALLED 4 1;2" GALV. STARTER STRIP FOR SIDING VINYL CORNER NAIL FLANGE FASTENER FOR TOP BACK RAIL INSTALLED BELOW EDGE OF VINYL SIDING ON HOME TOP FRONT RAIL - FOR SKIRTING FLOOR TOP BACK RAIL —, FOR SKIRTING SIDING 1 14 LAP TOP BACK RAIL CONTINUOUS GALV. STARTER TOP FRONT RAIL Complete Exterior Work EXTERIOR WALL VINYL SIDIING All siding and skirting fastening per manufacturers Installation Instructions. ALTERNATE VINYL SKIRTING APPLICATION AT LOWER SIDING COURSE If desired, prepare temporary protective window covers for use during severe wind storms and hurricanes according to Figure 90, Table 25, and the procedure below. Assemble extension framing using with two 16d common nails at each connection. Figure 90. 1. Store the shutters such that they are protected from the weather, are not in direct contact with the ground, and are easily accessible by the homeowner, To attach shutters to the home: 1. Fasten extension framing to wall framing materials with 16d double-headed nails or #8 x 3" screws, toe nailed/screwed, per Table 25, 2. Fasten assembled panel(s) to extension framing with 12d nails, per Table 25. After use, remove shutters from the home, patch nail holes with caulk and store them as above, 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :63 & SAFETY STANDARDS CI 08 0 <E. < m CC a 311512019 - Commodore Homes - 94 Designing site-built struc- tures. All site-built structures must support their own dead, live, and wind loads and must not transmit any loads to the home's structure. All carports should be freestanding. Figure 90. Wind protection shutter construction TABLE 25. SHUTTER CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Window width Extension framing Panel thickness (in) Wind Zone 2 & 3 Wind Zone 2 & 3 Fastening to extension Fastening 16d nails to wall framing 12d nails #8 x 3 screws 22 in. o.c. 22 in. o.c. 14 in. o.c. Up to 48" 2 x 3" 7/16, 1/2 6 in. o.c. 2 x 3 2 3 /32, 3/4 6 in. o.c. 2 x 3" 7/16, 1/2 4 in. o.c. 8 in. o.c. 8 in. o.c. 5 in. o.c. Up to 72" x 3 perimeter extension with 2 x 4 studding at 16 inches o.c. S T F Install site-built structures such as steps, landings, garages, awnings, carports, breezeways, porches, decks, railings, sheds, and utility rooms according to manufac- turer's instructions (if any), in compliance with all local regulations including fire separa- tion and electrical requirements, and according to the following: • Do not obstruct any of the two required exit doors from the home. • Construct site-built structures to be structurally independent unless provided for in the design of the home (instructions will be provided by the manufactur- er) • Do not damage the integrity of the home's structural or weatherproofing sys- tem. Seal any weatherproofing connections between the site-built structure and the home and flash any roof connections. • Utilize only GFCI outlets for site-built structures. • Install and test smoke alarms in any site-built structures according to local code. °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HODSItiC CODSTRUCTION _117 SAFE TTY STANDARDS 0 - Commodore Homes - 95 Prepare Home for Occupancy Follow these steps for final inspection and completion of the home. 4,61,144,g, STEP 1.VERIFY ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION (A/C) INSPECTION STEP 2. COMPLETE INSPECTION CHECKLIST STEP 3. COMPLETE ENERGY STAR CHECKLIST STEP 4. CLEAN THE HOME 1.*L. This is normally the responsibility of the retailer and manufacturer, however, the instal- lation is not complete until the alternative construction inspection has been passed and documented. After all previous steps have been accomplished, inspect the home to verify that it has been completely and properly installed using the checklist starting on p. 2. Correct any deficiencies found, if possible, or if not possible, inform the retailer imme- diately. T P For ENERGY STAR qualified homes (check with the retailer or Commodore), this step is to be completed by our designated representative. Ask the retailer or the Commo- dore who this is. The manufacturer's representative must complete the Energy Star Site Installation Checklist, obtain signatures on the ENERGY STAR label, and return the completed ENERGY STAR Site Installation Checklist to the manufacturing plant. Remove and properly dispose of all installation-generated dust, debris, and packaging materials from the home and the surrounding property. Ensure that the home is in -move-in" condition. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > 0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :1Z & SAFETY STANDARDS X 0 08 0 4 < m ct 0 !15/2O1 -Commodore Homes- 96 Complete Installation Checklist Use this checklist to confirm that the listed aspects of the installation are complete and correct. FOUNDATION Footings properly sized and constructed for the soil conditions Pier spacing per data plate and applicable table and roof load zone Piers properly constructed and vertical Perimeter blocking installed (it required) Piers at each side of large sidewall openings Cotter line piers installed al columns Shims in place and tight ANCHORS Approved anchors are used Anchors are installed at correct angles Anchor spacing and installation correct Longitudinal ties installed Of required) Anchor straps are tensioned UNDER THE HOME Moisture retarder installed The ground is properly graded to prevent water accumulation HVAC ducts are supported off the ground and connected tightly to collars at all ends Fireplace combustion air intake is free and unrestricted No holes or tears in bottom hoard Skirting has been installed per manufacture mg and provisions for frost heave Dryer vent, rangelcook top exhaust, water heater temperature, pressure overflow pipe and AC condensate drain installed to perimeter of crawl space EXTERIOR Shingled roofs are free of visible damage and serious defects and there are no missing or loose shingles Shingle close-up and ridge cap have been completed per applicable details All hold down straps on shingled roofs have been removed and staple holes lave been properly sealed Penetrations at roof stacks, vents and chimneys have been properly sealed Siding and trim is free of gaps, voids, missing fasteners, damage, and seri- ous defects. All seams are sealed and hardboard edges are sealed Drip edge and fascia is properly installed and free of damage and serious de- ects Gutters and downspouts are installed properly such that water is diverted away from the home Trees and bushes have been trimmed to prevent brushing against the home in windy conditions or under snow loads Limits of the checklist. This checklist is riot all-inclusive Some homes have impor- tant features not listed here. Completing this checklist does not guaran- tee that all installation re- quirements have been met. °FEDERAL 7./IA .A.JTACTURED > O HOUSING COIISTRUCTtON 73 SAFETY STANDARDS o 73 CC 5/201 9 ructions with proper vent- 0 m -Commodore Homes- 97 ()FEDERAL MANUFACTURED ›. (..) HOUSING CONSTRUCTION .13 8. SAFETY STANDARDS xi Ci 08 o .4 < m cc 3/15/201S O The HUD label is exposed, intact and legible The exterior of the home and immediate surroundings is clean, clear o/ con' materials, dust, and debris INTERIOR Ceilings, walls, and floor coverings are free from damage and serious defects Carpeting is properly stretched and seamed All trim and molding is installed properly and free of damage and defects All cabinets, countertops, plumbing fixtures, appliances, furnishings, and window coverings are free of damage or serious defects All cabinet doors and drawers work properly All interior and exterior doors and windows open, close, and latch properly One window in each bedroom meets emergency egress requirements, has operating instruction labels on it, and operates properly All temporary shipping hardware has been removed Floors are level The data plate is intact and legible Smoke alarms have been tested The interior of the home is clean, clear of materials, dust, and debris WATER AND DRAIN SYSTEMS Crossover and service connections and splices have been properly made with correct materials Water and drain lines are insulated or otherwise protected from freezing Pipe supports are installed and properly spaced Proper slope has been maintained on all drain lines All necessary inspections and tests have been performed All sinks, basins, tubs, and toilets operate properly All hot and cold water lines are properly connected to fixtures, dispense wa- ter as labeled, and operate properly ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS The panel amperage matches the connection to the home The home has been properly grounded The main power supply has been properly connected and tested by a li- censed electrician All electrical crossovers have been connected All receptacles, switches, and light fixtures operate properly Ground fault circuit interrupters operate properly All exterior lights have been properly installed GAS/FUEL OIL SYSTEMS The gas system pressure test has been conducted Connections between units are properly made with access as required The main fuel line has been properly connected and tested by a qualified technician APPLIANCE OPERATING AND VENTING All appliances are working properly Appliance venting is in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions -Commodore Homes- 98 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED 3> o Flousinc, CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 c m 0 r intakes are rHipperti, installed : iuse, , rfld bath exhaust, fans OpeNne correctly rirei,•iaoe cbin'iney stai:,k, extension and roof cap have keen installed in ac- c„ordnnce with the mariutaciurer s instructions Air condilionerfileal pump is sized properly' MISCELLANEOUS Instillialion'rTinchonnp oerldficates or seals have been is sued and nstalled fif required Oioiner s and operattori manuals are available for all ai._-)pliances This installation [manual is kb win borne 3/15/2019 -Commodore Homes- 99 Fl TYPICAL CRAWLSPACE FOUNDATION 1. L IT- 0 I `--'G ,--- 1 c. PORCH AREA E.- I O. L ,--, — —, — — C B K 1 J 4 - .--. — ,,_, L., A I PORCH AREA PORCH AREA A F 411 TYPICAL W/CROSS J 4 BASEMENT BEAMS • L. - a n 11 II r li TYPICAL CROSS I- SEMI ROTA TO CHART MOW Fat 1-1041 SPECIFICATION AM NIAXMLIod SPAONG, I I C I-BEAM 4H I I I 11 1r PORCH AREA --I II II El 5 Di V Dl H D I I sTAIRVIEll MU H TY1D, I El ' 11 D DETAIL-A I I yv B B CROSS BEAM TERMIP4ATED FOR STAIR MEADER I I K 4 CLEARANCE I I CI I II H i I J H I H II I I C PORCH AR LO I 1:1°37. AREA ottlitilitlif, 0 JEI _____ c K 4 J 4 V 417 e0 .... ..,4 „ "li, ie, • 6N.STE4.'..61<p'e 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > CROSS I-BEAM USED MUST BE W8 X 21 MINIMUM AND SPACING OF CROSS BEAMS SHALL NOT EXCEED 121-0" O.C. APPLICABLE FOR 16'-0” HOME SECTION WIDTH MAXIMUM • No. `Vs• ' Ii• I .... „---- S 40 STATE 0 HOUSING & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 0 REFER TO FOUNDATION SECTIONAL DESIGNATIONS < < m TYPICAL FOUNDATIONS ix a 311512019 A - 1 CONSTRUCTION -41 #441% 1.1V010:t. ON THE PAGES FOLLOWING #* 156.0 ". • • •• • *e_14 11/4"; /ON At we ‘• milito 11,I 3.1f) 1 4 -Commodore Homes- Rev. 11/13/14 100 FOUNDATION DESIGN TO BE PERFORMED BASED ON HUD'S REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND. SNOW AND FLOOR LOADS PER THE ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SEC. A-A FASTEN TO FLOOR w/ 14) 1/2" LAG SCREWS PRE-DRILL TO AVIOD SPLITTING FLOOR FRAMING Ij FLOOR SYSTEM UNIT-A i k • .4•11111 1111111110.• a FRAME • MI I-BEAM Mil mi POI • IMI OM pm MI ID MO 111111 ram mu ifs/ MI CONCRET BLOCK PIERS -DESIGNED BY OTHERS- CONCRETE BLOCKS SUPPORT FOR MARRIAGE LINE AT DESIGNATED RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT LOCATIONS -DESIGNED BY OTHERS- PERIMETER BLOCK114116 REQUIRE DESIGN BY OTHER FEDERAL MANUFACTURED 1" NOUSING CONSTRUCTION f; SAFETY STANDARDS 7 A-2 0 .ct 08 311 StAill Supplemental Information and Details * TOE NAIL TO BE DRIVEN TO ACHIEVE A MINIMUM 1" PENETRATION INTO FOUNDATION SILL PLATE SIDEVVALL ATTACH RIM JOIST TO SILL W'16d NAILS 8" 0 C CONCRETE BLOCKS OR POURED CONCRETE DESIGNED BY OTHERS 16d TOE-NAIL PERIMETER JOIST TO SILL PLATE 8" 0 C - Z-1 4" 0 C - Z-2 SILL BLOCK (P.T WOOD) 1/2" X 8" ANCHOR EMBEDDED IN POURED WALL OR GROUTED CEL L 6' C - WIND ZONE I 3' 0 C - WIND ZONE II FRAME OUTRIGGER TIEDOWN OPTION-A 16d TOE-NAIL PERIMETER JOIST TO SILL PLATE 8" 0 C -Z-1 4" 0 C - Z-2 SILL BLOCK (P T WOOD) CONCRETE BLOCKS OR POURED CONCRETE DESIGNED BY OTHERS IEDOWN ENDWALL OPTION-A 1/2" X 8" ANCHOR EMBEDDED IN POURED WALL OR GROUTED CELL 6' 0 C - WIND ZONE I 3' 0 C - WIND ZONE II TIEDOWN OPTION-B 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT W/1/4" THICK CLIP TO MAINRAIL FLANGE CONCRET BLOCKS OR POURED CONCRETE DESIGNED BY OTHERS EITHER ANCHOR SYSTEM (A OR B) MAY BE USED (SEE DETAIL-B FOR ALT ) SEC. B-B (DESIGNED BY OTHERS) SILL BLOCK (P T WOOD) 8X4X16 CONCRETE BLOCK SEC. C-C FRAME OUTRIGGER 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT WZ1/4" THICK CLIP TO MAINRAIL FLANGE (SEE DETAIL-B FOR ALT_) HOME MAINRAIL TYP CROSS I-BEAM OLT OR WELD COLUMN TO I-BEAM ALTERNATE SEC. B-B W/O PILASTER JACKPOST (TYP) TEMPORARY - BASEMENT WALL SHORING SYSTEM - SEE NOTE 8 - MIN 2" I D GALV PIPE w) 0.25" WALL THICKNESS WELD TO 0.25" x 4 x 6 PLATE BOTH ENDS OF PIPE FASTEN w/ (4) 1/2" BOLTS EACH END MAY USE 1/8" FILLET WELD AT ALL PLATE CONTACT TO I-BEAM AS ALT TO BOLTS ALTERNATELY .A MIN. 12" LONG SECTION OF STEEL I-BEAM OF SAME SPEC OF MAIN RAIL MAY BE USED. FASTENING SAME AS FOR PIPE APPL INSTEAD OF PLATES BEAM FLANGES TO DRILLED OR WELDED AS APPLICABLE 71767iri I I InI A FRAME I-BEAM (DEPTH VARIES) 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT W)1)4" THICK CLIP TO MAINRAIL FLANGE NOW' (SEE DETAIL-B FOR ALT.) DETAIL -B ALT. STEEL PLATE REPLACING J-BOLT ALT 5"x3/8"x5" STEEL BEARING PLATE. WELD BEAM TO PLATE AND J-HOOK TO PLATE FILL CELL WITH CONCRETE AT EACH PLATE LOCATION. FLOOR SYSTEM HOM7yMpAINRAIL CROSS I-BEAM 8"x4"x16" CONCRETE BLOCK BASEMENT FOUNDATI WALL WELD EACH SIDE OR EQUIV (4) 3/8" x 3" LAG SCREWS —/ 3/16" X 3" WELD EACH SIDE OR EQUIVALENT STEEL POST. TIEDOWN CONNECTION, AND SEC. D-D FOOTING DESIGN BY OTHERS. STEEL POST, TIEDOWN CONNECTION. AND SEC. E-E FOOTING DESIGN BY OTHERS. - NOTES - MATING LINE FOUNDATION DESIGN TO BE PERFORMED BASED ON HUD'S REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND. SNOW & FLOOR LOADS PER THE ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS, AND MUST BE APPROVED AND INSPECTED BY LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS. UNIT-B MN in ZEE Nig CONCRETE FOOTING MAY BE CONTINOUS OR SEPERATE UNDER EACH PIER -DESIGNED BY OTHERS- GRAVITY LOADING ROOF L L 20 30 PSF FLOOR L L 40 PSF DEAD LOAD 30 PSF 2.) BASEMENT STAIRS MUST MEET ALL OF THE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3.) CONTACT YOUR LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR FROST LINE AND SOIL REQUIEMENTS 4 ) FOOTERS BELOW FROST LINE. 5.) CONCRETE TO BE MIN 3000 PSI. 6 IF HOME IS TIED DOWN USING CROSS I-BEAM CONNECTIONS. THE MAXIMUM CROSSBEAM SPACING IS 12'-0" 0 C AND APPLICABLE TO WIND ZONE-1 ONLY. 7) CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN WELDING DUE TO LOCATION OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 8 / TEMPORARY SHORING OF FOUNDATION WALL IS REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURAL PROBLEMS IN THE FOUNDATION WALL, UNTIL UNIT IS SET AND COMPLETELY CONNECTED TO THE FOUNDATION WALL. ROOF L.L. (PSF) CENTER BEAM (PLF) PERIMETER WALL (PLF) 20 1200 620 30 1333 697 ALL FOOTINGS BELOW LOCAL FROST LINE Oiti% c'Vk T044 % 441. • 'Ow .. No. '0 %TYPICAL FOUNDATION SECTIONAL DESIGNATIONS • v. • '•• - Commodore Homes - 101 SEC. F-F - IMPORTANT - THE GUIDELINES SET FORTH IN THE MULTI-WIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PERTAINING TO PIER, FOOTING, AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENTS ARE CRITICAL AND MUST BE APPLIED. I". - ET F °,_ ,ALL- F77 ,:,...E.E Y vE11-1,7. THE ,I,ATTII•E H F AU' FI• 6-LL's 7, HE •••TIL T•EF r ,,,E7E7 Ti F Supplemental l Information and Details TEL F 2 .. 4.11 f. F 1.T1N• T 7 F•E ''EF L".: CIE F , _ 7 ..TE.„,,TIL EL: :7 ',ET 7 • II • A -Tr', F -71 .7 17E • I' ,EL , • THE HE, A 'TTE ! FE FLEA. :TEL - • • ETU. .,NTIL FL ET T TE 1, F E H - H FULL LL F FF I •_,FT'. .•— T E f 7,1•„4•L 1.4ETFF.....: THE -DP TO, 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION & SAFETY STANDARDS 7.1 08 0 0 L- L 3/1512019 A - 3 -Commodore Homes- 102 ,01110 01111 lit . I p., ONNN IONN‘;. . . 7:9 • 1 11 411 % -44 0 i'• ..# No. t(Ne;;•:`fr. % - . .. • it ... - • ▪ . • ... .o▪ r . 0 .0. w ... St.:610. STATE OF ;44, i , i.s.i.u .--0 4e • . -oli.n .a—.. . -•, i0 F,. t *I op in vAt ti„o .": ,,i 16.7,f1r1,) E ;CI-IN..; T. HE . E• I • , AALLE TAI I.E 7..,F ,-TEL JITIL FUT:, ',Er Al-„ :INIIECTE” T• F . •, 0 1 1 1,2•ET --••••-• F HALL BOLT OR WELD PLATE TO I-BEAM CROSS I-BEAM CROSS I-BEAM STAIRWELL CPENING LAG SCREWS FLOOR SYSTEM VAPOR BARRIER 4" CONCRETE FLOOR IF SEPERATE CROSS BEAMS ARE NOT USED, REMOVE SECTION OF CONTINUOUS CROSS BEAM OVER LOW END OF STAIRWELL 4" ADJUSTABLE COLUMN ON FOOTING OLT OR WELD COLUMN TO I-BEAM - CONCRETE FOOTING PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS \\\ MIN 2" LID GALV PIPE w/ 0.25" WALL THICKNESS WELD TO 0.25" x 4 x 6 PLATE BOTH ENDS OF PIPE. FASTEN w/ (4) 1/2" BOLTS EACH END MAY USE 1/8" FILLET WELD AT ALL PLATE CONTACT TO I-BEAM AS ALT. TO BOLTS ALTERNATELY: A MIN. 12" LONG SECTION OF STEEL I-BEAM OF SAME SPEC OF MAIN RAIL MAY BE USED. FASTENING SAME AS FOR PIPE APPL INSTEAD OF PLATES, BEAM FLANGES TO DRILLED OR WELDED AS APPLICABLE Supplemental Information and Details 4" GRAVEL DETAIL A (DESIGNED BY OTHERS) 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > 1-112,InIrCi CONSTRUCTION :g SAFE TY STANDARDS 70 m A-4 iii 51201 - Commodore Homes - 08 103 For Example ; 1' Eacn side of each ma inraii connection Alternately : Each connector, may be mace with (7 t2" Grade-2 Bolt or A-3C7 Bolt beam to Deem. Information and Detai See Beam Pocket .. 1'8" x 2' Fillet Weld Mainrail to Crossoeam For each connection tne 2" wale lengtn may be a c.,ynJlatiye total ot 2'. Foi.ndatIon Wall x 2' Fillet Weld Crossbeam BEAM POCKET DETAIL x 2" Fillet Weld Crossbeam 1;2' x 8" mitt. Anchor Legs Welded to steel plate and Imbedded In concrete ALT. ANCHOR PLATE ALT. 1/2" MIN. REBAR FORMED FOR ANCHOR '8x2 ' Fillet Weld Crossbeam x 6' - - Anchor Boh Rated 475C lbs. 1z' Steel Plate 6" x 12 Min. 12'x8rrrin. Ancoor begs Imbedded It concrete o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )::a HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 13 & SAFETY STANDARDS o 08 m c:r o ce 311512019 A- 5 TYPICAL FOUNDATION CROSSBEAM CONNECTIONS 0 01111tirtii,04 SN.0*-. . :T. (.??1'74 t,, LIMITED TO WIND ZONE-1 ROOF LOAD 30 PSF MAX. ... ill- ' i q.`" No. veY.. • r. — • .. • 1 .1 11 .., 4 ..• • ..* • • .... •.... . STATE #;1:1`i.%•111/01/4!!!::'0,.., ee „pea, •.. 0000 e *, _il„, *1.47/01VAL t ioik` iiiiiii I 1 (r _turn)M (INTENDED FOR ILLUSTRATION) -Commodore Homes- 104 4' .; T r 1`,1,,LLE, L-.ILL - • ANE ., ME H7LE TH,,T :IM7 Lir 9 ,1 -T TE-E.- ILLE H P. THE ALL. LL:IE 191, ,Er L, 'E THE :=-ILL °_L-71 `ILL LLTE ()FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > ITOUSING CONSTRUCTION -CI tr SAFETY STANDARDS rri .: •• ILL L.LTE A- 6 -Commodore Homes- 105 3/1 I O.i * Rev. 05/17/19 -Commodore Homes- 106 16'-0 MAX. UNI1 WIDTH I: X 1 IL Pt IC,P, WAJ.4 TVPI FLOOR JOIST DOOR OR WINDOW WINDOW OPENING ,TYP) TYP FRAME CIAOSSMEMBER MAX. TYPICAL OPENING IN EXTEROR SIDEWALL A RIM JOIST _4_ 111612019 ALTERNATE LATERAL SIDE WALL SUPPORT A-7 r- I-BEAM WEB A MAXIMUM HOME SECTION WIDTH MINIMUM T• BRACE CONSTRUCTION UP TO 13-8" #2 SPF 2 x 6 OVER 1343" TO 16'-C" #2 SEE 2 x 8 NOTES• (SEE NOTE ,1 FOR REQUIRED LENGTH? FASTEN MEMBER TO MEMBER W/#8 x 3" SCREWS g 6" 0.0, ALTERNATE FASTENING: USE 75% GLUE AND 0.131 x 3" NAILS OR1.6 GA STAPLES (1" MIN. PENETRATION) AT 6" O.C. T-BRACE ASSEMBLY Tyr. I-BEAM SUPPORT PIER YE SKIRTING OR FACE BRICK FRAMF - I-BEAM _4111 FRAME OUTRIGGEFL---- BRACE -I ASSY F-ASTF NED TO BOTTOM OF FLOOR JOISTS 1N1(2) ## x 2" SCREWS EACH JOIST (1) EACH SIDE A-A FLOOR JOISTS (TYP) 7.--BRACE. ASSEMBLY EXTENDS AT LEAST ONE JOIST BEYOND EACH SIDE OF OPENING. T BRACE IS TO EXTEND PAST EACH SIDE OF EXTERIOR OPENING TO NEAREST FLOOR JOIST LOCATION AS SHOWN. THIS DETERMINES THE REQUIRED MINIMUM LENGTH OF TI IL T-BRACE ASSEMBLY 2 THE RIM JOIST OF THE HOME MUST BE LEVEL IN ORDER FOR THIS SYSTEM TO BE EFFECTIVE. 3 THE LUMBER OF THE T-BRAC_',E COMPONENT NEED NOT BE TREATED WHEN SHIELDED FROM THE ELEMENTS BY SKIRTING, WHERE SKIRTING IS NOT PRESENT TO SHIELD THE AREA OF THE BRACE, THE BRACE COMPONENT IS TO BE THOROUGHLY PAINTED USING AN APPROPRIATE EXTERIOR RATED SEALANT/PAINT IF THE FACTORY-INSTALLED COMPONENT IS NOT OF PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER OR HAS NOT BEEN PAINTED, THE INSTALLER MUST INSURE THAT THIS LUMBER IS SEALED AGAINST THE ELEMENTS WHEN SKIRTING IS NOT SHIELDING THE COMPONENT 16" ROOF OVERHANG MAXIMUM 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > .0 HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 71 & SAFElY STANDARDS 0 4:C 04 6'-8'` MAX LUMBER PER CHART THIS ALTERNATE T-BRACE SUPPORT NEAR THE EXTERIOR RIM JOIST IS DESIGNED TO SUBSTITUTE FOR PIER BLOCKING AT OPENINGS. IT IS NOT DESIGNED TO REPLACE REQUIRED PERIMETER BLOCKING. THIS SYSTEM WILL EQUALIZE THE DEFLECTION AT THE RIM JOIST SO THAT THE FLOOR JOIST IN THE AREA OF THE OPENINGS WILL DEFLECT EQUALLY, COMMODORE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS DESIGN UNLESS INSTALLED BY COMMODORE PERSONNEL. Supplemental Information and Details Typical E.e See :3 "tlIltJI I D .. No. 196OOO97 _._ STATE OF ,,,,O$A ,,,s Date Signed: Oct II, Supplemental Information and Details Tyre al Rdge Bei1SL4Dorts 4 > alGlea'span n4. ,L - Perimeter J<st at rnaire Typtcat 1oundatlm suxr1 location indcatc LtheI or mark to incicate required to'jndalion sqt port See Note 1 Note 2, and Ncxe 3 t1e Lie Perretet RocxJcisz(tp) See Nate 3 See Note 3 See Note 3 Nctes • r.rrriiin aati cc'is. except for pets retired alorg the rrurycils 01 the home he sn r citec the fcxlory. Tiis Iaowrevet, does riot exempt the installer train the resnstbtty 01 odarir3 arc tc1kwlrj the çxesct*xxl !audziai otiqam tci any goon iurst. The Ixeritt4 cd xacce'e thid ccirdde with the f.rdaoo daam. Mitre variances rosy exIst, the kiirxtior plan dcaie 2 The IQmmCxr sxx1 rrsxhers wit tyicity be tcml an the bottart side of the hare along the r'ee Ire sa' comets, cors, cx where c4hecwse reqáred The Irca5cxis tray ha idori1ied try pal, bb, cx other .'sidle rteans, rtil maticers are to be visible after hare is insteted 3. Fxsxi isuYls are also typcty reared at each ccxrter of a striri opening and at each end 01 esietot door cerirtgs, as welt as on the exterior corners of hay wnck or other offsets train the peci-etec of the ha-re. Seperate perimeter foosrigs and stjports for exieticx doors cx onsets wctid not be rrecessy where at perimeter fcxx daice wall runs beneath. A-8 O FEDERAL MAt1lJFf&TltLilEi> U FIOIJSIt1G COISTRUCTIOU & SAFETY STAPIDAREIS 0 m Commodore Homes- 3/i2ii19 107 M. .1E9 HEAT.1 .ER NST ALIA' .Dt. NsTjcry,:s PA"( PIER I,EjGii PER NV AL_Arac.4 risTucHov's DOUBLE WIDE HOME ANCHOR STRAP CAPACITY . 3150 LBS SPACING CP S-RARS WIND ZONE. I 6-6'0 C MIND ZCNE .r-0" 0 C C 23 0 08 o < < rn ce 0 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED )> o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION _111 R SAFETY STANDARDS VERTICAL ST RAP RE-OLIAED-- FOR WIND ZONE II MAY ALSO BE SLAB A.04,4- INsTALLED ASCORDN-G TO ANCrioR . <STING Date igned:oo Supplemental Information and Details ALTERNATE TIE DOWN SYSTEM FROM THE FRAME TO THE GROUND MAXIM J1.4 ROC PITCH LESS THAN 2D" SINGLE WIDE HOME 99-1/2' VERTICAL STRAP REQUIRED FOP WIND ZONE II ANCHOR INSTALLATION PER ---"/ MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION TO BE RATED FOR USE AS INSTALLED ANCHOR it STRAP CAPACITY . 3 ,50 LBS SPACING OF STRAPS WIND ZONE I . 15'.0 CC. WIND ZONE li 8'-0" 0 C UP( k.S0 BE SLAB ASK'LNTO ihSTAU.ED CONCRETE FOOT NG JCC3FCING TO As:o4C.LISTI ,3 ANC,FIOR INSTALLATION PER PAANUrACTUREFTS INS'FIL}CTION IC BE RATED FCR USE AS *.ISTALLED All footings and tie downs below local frost line. Alternate Tie Down System A- 9 -Commodore Homes- 108 311512019 Typical folding dormer in colapsed positior. Factory installed listed dormer trusses may be installed directly to roof framing members or thru decking into framing. Listed folding dormer kit SIDE VIEW Fasten raised truss to stationary vertical member on roof 1) Raise the first hinged rafter on the non-hinged portion of the main roof. Block this rafter into plumb vertical position and also secure it's bottom chord to the top chord of the vertical member it joins The example shown has only one hinged ('T \ rafter located on the non-hinged port on of the main roof. Any additonal hinged rafters in this area are to be blocked and secured in the same fashion, Raise the main roof and set accorting to standard ▪ Mark out a temporary nailer for proper spacing hinged roof procedures. • of the hinged dormer rafters. Fasten nailer to the first rafter and to the other hinged dormer rafters as they are raised to the plumb vertical position. Insure that each dormer truss bottom chord is fastened to main roof top chord where it intersects with main roof top chords. Use (I ) tit wood screw to achieve 1 min, penetration into the top chord of main roof trusses. .r4411, Commodore Corporation. * Add blocks between rafters at peak. Blocks to be toe-fastened each end with (3) .131 x nails. *NOTE Some dormer rafter kits have a notch designed to the peak for insertion of a 2x4 ridge rail. When this is the case, the temporary nailer and the blocking at the peak is not necessary. The ridge rail serves the function for both of these elements. Fasten trusses to ridge ral and rail to main roof with (3) .131 nails at each connection. c4 tf brace blocks must be removed, insure that enough d Is installed to the dormer to stabilize e rafters prior to removing the braces. (_5:) Add overnang and fascia board to end of dormer. () Deck the dormer as much as possible before removing the temporary nailer/ spacer board. Thai fin ..kh decking the dormer. OPTION FOLDING DORMER SET-UP (Hinged roof systems only) Cr, Add paper and shingles and finish dormer in standard Whion. 1:DI PAL MANUFACTURED ›, 1147,USING CONSTRUCTION 73 e; SAFETY STANDARDS CI 08 4 73 rn ci 3/1 5/z6 1 9 A-10 -Commodore Homes- 109 Rev. 4/19/16 08 0 ct -Commodore Homes- 110 All- 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 73 & SAFETY STANDARDS xi 0 Supplementalnformation and Details ALTERNATE EXTERIOR CORNER APPLICATIONS L.J1 .E - T: HLLLA - H ArivL 1"..E.1,41__LED :1: A:. AT ATE THE •CF- . • H..!VE -• v F.,:riTENEr TA LA..A:ET LLTEAIH TALL HCME. INSTALLEL PrATT APT -E .•• LLED . . rn F.4!"TE Er, Tc Hr.3ME OTHEi, rip A T l'• L •& • AT -. FASTr:J. • A, TTLLF.. IT A 5. E- E';."A ,LL T E.- • Iii- 3115/2019 PLYWOOD SHIM AND STRIP 0 TEMPORARILY SECURE _OWER EDGE OF FACTORY INSTALLED SIDING CO,ARSE TO EXTERIOR WALL, FAD1OHY INSTALLED SCRAP VINYL SIDING. SCRAP PIECES INVERTED AND LOCKED INTO LOWER EDGE OF SIDING COURSE, SCRAPS FACE NAILED TO EXERIOR WALL. FACTORY INSTALLED STARTER STRIP TO TEMPORARILY SECURE BOTTOM EDGE OF SIDING TO HOME DURING TRANSIT. STANDARD OR RESIDENTAIL FRAME & FLOOR SYSTEM STANDARD OR RESIDENTAIL FRAME & FLOOR SYSTEM LL FOUNDATION CONNECTION A STANDARD OR RESIDENTAIL FRAME & FLOOR SYSTEM METHOD - 1 METHOD - 2 METHOD - 3 ON HOMES TO BE SITED ON A PERMANENT EOUDATION THE FIRST COURSE OF SIDING MAY BE SHIPPED LOOSE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE EASE OF FASTENING HOME TO FOUNDATION SILL PLATE. 2. THE FACTORY INSTALLED FIRST COURSE OF SIDING IS INSTALLED ONE COURSE HIGH. SEE ILLUSTRATIONS ABOVE FOR POSSIBLE METHODS OF SECURING LOWER EDGE OF FACTORY COURSE TO EXTERIOR OF HOME TO PREVENT WIND DAMAGE DURING SHIPMENT. FACTORY INSTALLED COURSE 3. TEMPORARY SHIPPING RESTRAINTS ARE REMOVED FROM FACTORY INSTALLED SIDING COURSE ON SITE. IF METHOD-3 WAS USED TO TEMPORARILY SECURE FACTORY INSTALLED SECOND SIDING COURSE TO HOME. CARE IS TO BE EXERCISED IN THE REMOVAL OF THE FACTORY INSTALLED STARTER STRIP SINCE THE SAME STRIP IS INTENED TO BE LOWERED ON SITE TO THE NORMAL FIRST COURSE POSITION AND USED TO START THE FELD INSTALLED FIRST COURSE OF SIDING. EXTERIOR WALL LOCK JOINT OF FIELD INSTAL'. ED COURSE 4. AFTER HOME IS SECURED TO FOUNDATION ACCORDING TO STANDARD INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SIDING WHICH HAS BEEN SHIPPED LOOSE WITH HOME IS ADDED TO SIDE WALLS OF HOME TO COMPLETE FIRST SIDING COURSE. A. FIRST INSTALL SIDING STARTER STRIP IN PROPER LOCATION Al LOWER EDGE OF INSTALLED HOME. B. LOCK NEW VINYL SIDING COURSE INTO FIELD INSTALLED STARTER STRIP AND FASTEN TOP OF FIELD INSTALLED SIDING SECTIONS TO SIDE WALL BY FLEXING THE LOWER EDGE OF THE FACORY INSTALLED LOWER COURSE AWAY ENOUGH TO FASTEN THE TOP EDGE OF THE NEW CORJSE. C. USING A VINYL SIDING "ZIP TOOL" TUCK THE LOOSE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE FACTORY INSTALLED SIDING COURSE INTO THE TOP LOCK JOINT OF THE FILED INSTALLED COURSE. BC FIELD INSTALLED COURSE STANDARD OR RESIDENT AIL FRAME & FLOOR SYSTEM B FILED INSTALLATION OF LOWER COURSE VINYL SIDING A-12 -Commodore Homes- 111 °FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o Xz' NOUSING CONSTRUCTION 12 & SAFETY STANDARDS 0 0 m 0 311512019 MINIMUM 16' X 16" FOOTING BELOW FROST UNE TRU TO BEAR ON HEADER EQUALLY ATTACH TRUSS TO HEADER WITH THE TOTAL NO. OF TOE-SCREWS )ATTACHED IN SAME MANNER) AS FOLLOWS • (21 #8 x 3- SCREWS • WIND ZONE I OR - (3) #8 x 3' SCREWS OR (2) #8 x 4' SCREW - WIND ZONE II HEADER RIM JOIST DESIGN RIM JOIST - #3/STUD GR. SPF 2 X 6 DOUBLE #2 SPF 2 X 6 HEADER - SLIGHTLY OFFSET PER DETAIL HEADER DESIGN SHOWN \.\\-0 o\ ‘30'9 -CS; 0) 4"Ci .. \'S \ 2. ,r1\NG -• 04°‘S ONE' CA)'‘-t 4SC N°14 Goo o?, •1* SEE HEADER DESIGN OPTIONAL HINGED EXTENSION ALL UNTREATED LUMBER TO BE COVERED FOR WEATHER RESISTANCE HEADER SPLICE VIEW A STANDARD 5.12 HINGED TRUSS MAX. 13%8" WIDE UNIT POST - #3 SYP 4 x 4 - MAXIMUM 10FT NSUPPORTED LENGTH. POSTS SPACED MAXIMUM 8' 0 C. LOCATED AT BUTT JOINT OF RIM JOIST (SEE NOTE 5) /SEE 40TE 3 3 /7-3 NAILS EACH END ROOF SHEATHING OSB BETWEEN TRUSSES AT TRANSITION (TYP) FACTORY INSTALLED STEP FLASHING THRU STATIONARY SECTION OF TRUSS. COMPLETED ON SITE STEP FLASHING APPLICATION PER ARMA MANUAL STRAP & ANCHOR ATTACHM GROUND - MIN. 3150 LS CAPA (26 - I Od NAILS TO ATTACH STRAP TO STUD - 4' 0.C.) PERIMETER BLOCK WITH 8 X 16' CMU 4' 0-C. IN SADDLE ROOF AREA. MINIMUM 16" X 16" FOOTING BELOW FROST LINE EACH PIER LOCATION ROOF SHEATHING PORCH COLUMN HEADER SHIPPED WITH THE HOME SHIPPED LOOSE OR INSTALLED AT THE THE FACTORY FOOTING / FOUNDATION WALL DESIGN BELOW SIDEWALL INSTALLATION: STRAP & ANCHOR ATTACHMENT GROUND - MIN. 1500 LB CAPACITY (15 - 10d NAILS TO ATTACH STRAP TO COLUMN) FOOTING BENEATH PORCH COLUMN (2) - 10d CONCRETE NAILS (TOE-NAILED) NOTE: THIS DESIGN IS SUBJECT TO AC (Alternate Constructiori) ON SITE INSPECTION PER AC CHECK LIST SUPPLIED WITH HOME. HOME MUST BE SITE INSPECTED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY AND DOCUMENTATION COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO MANUFACTURER IN A TIMELY MANNER FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :8 SAFETY STANDARDS m tY O 3i1512019 Supplemental Information and Details RAISE SADDLE ROOF TO FINAL POSITION. 2. INSTALL LAST 1.2 ROWS OF SHINGLES PER MANFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. AS AN OPTION, IF THE DECKING AND SHINGLES ARE LEFT OFF IN THE PLANT. INSTALL PER MFRS INSTRUCTIONS 3. ATTACH EACH HEADER MEMBER TO POST W/6-16d NAILS. HEADER MEMBERS ONLY SPLICED AT POST - SEE DETAIL 4. ATTACH GROUND ANCHOR TO POST. GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLED THRU MIN. 16" x 16" CONCRETE FOOTING. ALSO, ATTACH POST WITH (2) - 10d CONCRETE NAILS (TOE-NAILED) TO FOOTING 5. POSTS TO BE INSTALLED @ 4' O.C. FOR 40 PSF ROOF LOAD INCLUDING LOCATION AT SPLICES. 6. ALL FASTENERS USED IN EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE COATED FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE. A 1 3 -Commodore Homes- 112 HEh FH - L LJL EE - rEL-H: E 7E71 ' 7 LI. 71 -EL HE E a. El 5.7.1,ETE" E. TE, TH' • -. F .•""F 7. V,T, rHE,H. 1=LL :E I, • HE ii I E L. 7E "1i I I I -iL LIL- EL - ETLLLE E .E F VAIF ',IT FL F _ T 7= FL‘-H -F 1= T..IT T. F.= 7.•.1= .1T • .. 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTUPED > 0 HOUSING COTISTRU.:.:TFA: 71 8. SAFETY STANDARDS 71 CD 08 0 4 m IX o A-14 311512019 -Commodore Homes- 113 i*lemental Information and Details LIE ' H - ",.= • • LEE •-:-.: 'THE'' I -E El - E E T E1. •iTE • Ti - LI T - E 'E E j . T: :E '.'E. LLIF1E T: .E . -E . .ITE 7;-LLE„ E.ED- T v ITT THE ,_11.L71:,!, _ .THE- LL- H HHE A-15 -Commodore Homes- 114 o FEDERAL MANUFACTURED u HOUSING CONSTRUCTION -15 7:1 & SAFETY STANDARDSo 08 x) 0 m ci 3/1512019 L _ .E 7 ' 7E T 7 - E_ THE ' E E 7-E 1- LE E . E E EYE'F EFLi HLE T . THE ; TE LEL.- " T _1 • •L 1:T F .E "I'. .„ EIL3 1 F E ETE ., T . E'LTh •F TE THE TE- E E E -L_TflE - E E E',T TE H ,E E • EHE - E - H EE', • h E. F. 1TE ELE T HE ,EE', F= T . • IT,LLE E. F .7 THE -L- H L.. -.TE i . THE FL. F THE H,,,1E- THE L E THE .% ELL THE I EI I E THE T ELL; E T THE MI THE HE HE THH TH T IT I - ,',ITH L .THE"- E c,E THE H • HE TEITE.1, TELL :,„-TT-..TE THE F THE- ETET THT- V. THE H.. HE -FTE EF -LL T F THE LI HT TE T THE E F THE 'I E ETE T SLY F- E- T T-LL.LTI , T TI - THHET, THE H T. THE E THE I . E _E, '._T F HE , LH IT E L- E STE TE A-16 -Commodore Homes- 115 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED o NOUSING CONSTRUCTION :161 8. SAFETY STANDARDS 3c1 08 3/1512019 Heel DUO Tap-Oul Ccilar Fielc-nstallec Elex ,DoC Flex: Duo Suppor 'Alps "V "-B x no er F urrac:e o sexm A Er, t or•I F 0 or I II 4:;:t1;00 ":* Furrar,:e, Air Haudler 11 • :; • Sectu- E Seat_ I I I 1,111 I ":" $.i;.:.;!;:i;i:iti:E;K:i or Supplementalnformation and Details ALTERNATE FLEXIBLE DUCT APPLICATION For under floor flexible crossover ducts follow the steps below: 1 Locate collars. Locate the metal crossover collars (or V-box) connected to the main trunk duct (or furnace) under the home and remove temporary shipping protection, 2. Install inner duct. Slide the crossover duct inner liner over the crossover collarN-box as far as it will go, Tempo- rarily fasten the inner liner in place with duct tape. Install a large nylon zip-tie over the inner liner just above the "ridge" around the crossover collarN-box. Apply mastic completely over inner liner and collarN-box (alternately, the mastic may be applied to the c,ollarN-box prior to sliding the duct inner liner over it), 3 Connect duct insulation. Bring the duct insulation up over the zip-tie and above the home's bottom board into the floor cavity, Temporarily duct tape it against the base of the trunk ducUV-box. 4. Pull duct wrap. Pull the crossover duct outer wrap over the top of the insulation and temporarily secure it to the trunk ductN-box with duct tape. 5, Install zip-tie. Feel for the nylon zip-tie that was installed over the inner liner, Place another nylon zip-tie just under the first one to permanently secure the crossover duct insulation and outer wrap, Trim duct. Trim the crossover duct to length such that the installed duct will be straight with no kinks or unneces- sary bends. 7. Connect other end. Follow the same procedure (steps 1 through 5) to connect the opposite end of the crossover duct and any other crossover ducts. 8, Seal joints. Seal the joints between the bottom board and the crossover duct with foam or mastic, 9. Support duct. Support the crossover duct(s) above the ground using nylon or galvanized metal straps and sad- dles spaced every 48 inches o.c. or less. Choose straps at least 1/2 inch wider than the spacing of the metal spi- rals encasing the crossover duct. Install the straps so they cannot slip between spirals. Secure metal straps with galvanized screws. A-17 -Commodore Homes- 116 0 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED NOUSING CONSTRUCTION 1;1 & SAFETY STANDARDS 08 0 311512019 ruw., I 1 t ..7.-- , I ., ; f D 13 Ei " % i..‘; IC/14.4f 01.1: .. .... 1.1 .......... --- T. - 4r....s....6\sTE.,?.•.,41...,.6"1,0,_ .0. ,-----7- ---__ ,,, . . ... ,-, ••,..,._.., .. • • .., .. • , _ ... • _ • -,,.-..-- .... • , .0 .1. • • OM 01.• =sil);\ STATE • 'e-3'.*•,././VoitkVi!tattx 431•-••••••••• TAN? ,k9,/0 NUT WIND ZONE I & II Make sure that the roof peak is even and fasten the roof sections together as shown above and in Detail-A. 2. Lap roofing paper from one section over the other and secure with staples. 3. Apply the last row of shingles. (Note: These shingles must be applied using the shingle manufacturer's recommened method.) If ridge vents were shipped loose with the home, then an opening for ridge ventilation must also be trimmed out. 4. Cut and apply ridge shingles as shown in Detail B. IF home has ridge vents, then start or stop ridge shingles at the roof sheathing opening for ridge ventilation. Trim out any ridge shingles that cover the ridge vent opening and proceed to step 5. Otherwise, patch all exposed nail heads. 5. Locate ridge vent sections with the end sections overlapping the roof opening by a minimum of 2 inches and fasten according to vent manufacturer's instructions. 6. Apply ridge vent shingles with 2" roofing nails as shown in Detail B. Fasten according to vent manufacturer's instructions. Patch all holes and expossed nail heads. SUPPLEMENTAL ROOF CLOSE AND RIDGE VENT DETAILS A-18 -Commodore Homes- 117 O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > o HOUSING CONSTRUCTION :3 & SAFETY STANDARDS 73 o 08 ci 311 51201 9 OPE CiRaiNt AWAY FRON CENTER Of HOmE (2) PI REBAR CONTINUOUS AROUND THE PERIMETER - AT 4,1 C, UN E UNIT A UNIT-8 3000 PSI CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH WELDED WIRE MESH (6 x 6 x W2.9 x W2,9) OR EQUIV, RE-BAR AT 18" MAX, SPACING FLOATING STRIP-FOOTINGS (ABOVE FROST LINE) sT ; SEE NOIF . _ 4 -Cr AIN SLOPE GROUND AWAY FROM oF. DOWN PER CENTER oF HOME SINGLE STRIP FOOTiNG ALTERNATE AT CENTER TTIF DowN METHOD SINGLE WIDE ON FLOATING STRIP-FOOTINGS (ABOVE FROST LINE) TlEDOWN Itic CONCRETE FOCTING ANCHORS EmEEDDED 14TC CONCRETE FAIl Atk.r.OR IJA.A1UFACTL-40 INST P • ).::T)ONs SLAP AN: -IOF VAIN foram m 4•-0- VoOTH STR,P =CDT IN 3 STRIP FOOTING MIN. THICKNESS IS 8 INCHES. GRAVEL 6- Litlimust DI NE AT H FOOTING AT ANY ROO:" IECC,Y 4 HEL,AIREC 1 TAEJPAALA.t, TIECOWN STRAP .3 Tt•AN 45' ,FEOLIPEDREIN,L WITACZC.NE TTE DOWN ;YTO CONCRETE FOCTWIC ....1D4ORS DAB ;DOEC; pO CONCRETE PEr; mANLFA.o—uPER NST.BACHONS NSTAU. FOOT ,NO ANC C.Ya. (TI SKIRTING PER ANSI A•225.!1-4 GRAVEL / 6' MINim JFICE ,,TH BENE ARA F DOTI:Y:3 AT A.N4 • ELC.),,E GROLIINC AWAY FROM CENTER OP HOA4E •STA..,. FOOTING AND :01.4PLETE sgtp MG PER ANSI A 225. ftII FLOATING SLAB UNIT-A UNIT-8 :DOWN A.C.ANG ANO ;NS7 AL _. TATA PER FRAME TuECOXN SEC-nh REiNsOROED CONCRETE FICATNG SLAB ,C,TE ,4) GRAVE. MINIIJJAA CERT-1 BENEATH SLAB AT M4Y• POIIT ED}" :ATO SLAB --IC; 3 EMBECDED INTO SLAB PEP ANCHOR , sm.Ne,F .ASIluCTioAtS NOTES • SITE ONLY ON WELL DRAINED SOIL WITH AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT LESS THAN 25% TO FROST DEPTH 2. THESE SOIL PREPARATION CONDITIONS ARE ADEQUATE FOR FOOTINGS INSTALLED ABOVE FROST LINE ANC FOR FLOATING SLAB SYSTEMS WHEN INSTALLED WITH GRAVEL BACKFILL PROVIDED THE SOIL BENEATH THE GRAVEL IS WELL DRAINED WITH MINIMAL MOISTURE CONTENT 3. FINAL DETERMINATION OF THE APPROPRIATE APPLICATION CF THE FOOTING ABOVE THE FROST LINE CP FLOATING SLAB, !S BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JJFISCICT ION FAMILIAR WITH ACTUAL SOIL CONDITIONS. BASED UPON ACTUAL. SOIL CONDITIONS. DETERMINATION OF THE PROPER FOOTING DESIGN ILLUSTRATED ABOVE CAN BE MADE, 4. THE THICKNESS OF THE SLAB IS SET AT B' FOR AN ASSUMED 2000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACITY, FOR 1000 FS-H.011MM SOIL BEARING CAPACITY, USE 8 THICK CONCRETE SLAB. STP FOOTINGS MAY RUN LENGTHWISE (FARRELL BENEATH mAiNRAILS) OR TRANSVERSELY (PERPENDICULAR TO, MAIN RAILS( PROVIDED THAT PROPER PIER SPACING IS MAINTAINED AND THAT FOOTING IS CONSTRUCTED AT PROPER WIDTH AND THICKNESS. A-19 O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED > HOUSING CONSTRUCTION 8, SAFETY STANDARDS 08 0 ct -Commodore Homes- ci 118 311512019 Date Signed: 't RAMI If J'A'N INS IA: I All . .AWN ' I It H_WI, : A •• MANI •• A ;1AMI ! Pt., AM ,LN 1[ A f VENT'. WLA III! I. : • /FILL MA 'ERIN. f "..NDL.Lt: t,SEr .- • 'OW .1,1 No, 4 SINGLE WIDE HOME H TYPICAL MATE INF AND MAIN All IEli SUPPORTS ARE Pb-ri .AEA tiU ( n 6t. It,ss Art * Min ty M Ar I* Mt 1 in (f At 1 * A, yr, ift,ui...0.tot• A BAH t NKPe.9 ,9,. ESSIVE EN NEERING, II AN N FHE I HM II 58640 STATF.. ROAD 15 GOSH EN, IN 46528 94-533-O337 —Cc...NGH1 I St Air (SEE NUlL- DIFAV[L Ct M'N'S.IUM DEP ILI TILNLA vu SLAB Al ANY It. t ill is?""i"""41111111TlarilATIVITILIIIIIILITaTn211191"1" = neti.:--st=irmlielliy?'-'111=11= =lir = 1. rt.tt FAI,4711.1trrivi,,,r1 _ .116"114110411)...4=i011.41100.11*II*II*110.1 : .lirl 1101.011=111=11=11=11=11=limlir".11711=11 .i1=41 ,..tuttenes, Ell 'a MINN The Commodore Corpnn,i. ti on Qrlq. 27/ 1 7 • ,7,/,77 /i, E;; OUT f."-t 1OUND AWAY FROM (INT LP 1C)ME VAnL.,ti I1A1 -• Lif NT. /CH All H ."..AI\11E,. 1E1 ABrAQ Ht_d ,11;AVf (t" MINIMUM [)i-NIAFii LOAF ANY I" t;r.' um OMNI I! MIN = = WNW rrr AllAIRE GROUND AWAY i- IOM CENTER ROME MIN. 64•Er.: HOL Y VAN BARRIER FIENFAl?i All Mn clE,13-10 MIN, R-I) INSUI AIR) SKIRT INC : fl!,•:1:=1ING VEN IS 1. 'ALA 111:CkARE1,1 NON i•Itn,S SUSCLP 11 t• ILL MA' LIIIAL I. H • [S .-'r A• A H IirANN MN A I Nt. MANUI• Ill;' N„. YPICAl MAN OA_ PIER '....JP ,-.1•RT' ARFIUR HIT DP MANHAI :Et A 1 E AN HT.". NOTE ii f IlilINAII. AS Eit.Ta...! I {..X.A.ANJAIFLA NJ ),..L I AM:, 05111 Al ID% MAN 'll,.........FAN " \‘‘ 0" to12" NI..-Al 4 SCREENED ANI WAt-• i•tAVL, 12" nun. .:;HAINLt., IN Au,. • .1;-:DAN \A': T;.l[IA[MEi-IiLl t..K;AI;t1-5 : t• t HORIZON FAI. INSUL A I E. IN IN HF I:), I Hl AN, Y IN REGIONS WI IERE OGAI All I lit t PNtiINI if X I: 2-14 [[IN HOOD REF A 19f: ; :HT TI ,MAT E1N 1. IA; hi I IL LIAR ARIA: INC' illI '[RIME A Lift • t.• PAPHIEF,. Ii Ni A SI AR LOlL VERTICAL INSLIt AIR,N ii VAI.; It IU LEI IA) PAUL A- HE HI 'Al-'E (INC f INAL GRADE ANYIf IIIt MEN I H[ • ADDENDUM TO HUD INSTALLATION MANUAL (ALT. TYPICAL SLAB-ON-GROLIND REQUIREMENTS USING INSULATED SKIRTING OPTION) MIN NOT TS I FIEI HICKNE SS Of - lIE. SLAM IS ST I AT tts' FOR AN Asst.imEp ?OK, PSE SOII HEARING CAPACI I Y I OR 1000 PST. MIN. SOIL BEARING, SAPAUt IS. IISE FE If ECK CONGLif...11 WINCH)- 11' COMP111....SS'VL STRL Nall I 3500 PS.! MIN 2. kJ_ iNTAilL.ATIiIN SHALL BE TM F1, ,t'S I Yllt !Y') V. VI OR VA PER AST M :1 SLAB INSUL AT ION IS NOT RVIALIII Fir ANL) SF...11111NC; IS NOT NEEDLE' IA SLAB IS PLACED ON A LAYER OF WEL I DitAINFO LINDIS JHBLD C1ROUND OR [iii THAT IS NUT SUSCEPTIBLE TU FROST CI ASSA IC.:A ION CA- I RI F SUSCEPTIElli STA Of S011 SHAT 1 HI 1W Ill MINFP IW A SCAI N OR GLCAJ.K.11CAL ENGINEER UNI OIHERWISF- APPHOVLD NITL ONLY ON WI I I :11iAlro -I, HJ )11 WI Ill AVERAGE MOAN TURE CONTI Ni Al THAN it...11110ST ;.tEPT H 1 C')ND1111.)NS AS IND:..AT L.11.4CI ST All INSTALLEL/ ABOVE FROE. I I INI I HI I it- E HMINA I A PROVIDED 1O Al 1 1 A11,1 BY i SF N INI H SHA4 I INui I DATA I, IA) 11IE 1.. A MINIMUM DEPTH 1 HAT INC[ WES I 111 I rif...1•511 DEPTH .1 III-I-Eli 10 'ALA) A • IL71.tt 0/-• 1115 SLT ION TIEQUIFIED SI Al) NUll A I !UN I ENG 11 AN[) VAI 10.-S 11-11 RI OGHAPi lIE LOCATION HY STATE ANI1 AN-IONS HEELF1 TO INSTALLATION INSIfilrl ANSI i' 3:-.1 OF nc-Iwr,-1 RLQIJIHEMEN TS AND HP ACING FlEA ER I ANCI-10i MANUI I INSI ALTAI ION IWTEILICT IONS EOR ALA 0111ER REQUIREMENTS RAI MANIIF AC. I HOUCING CONS TRUCT Stki-i: TY ST (fli,kij5 A-19.4 9' ALT. -Pa). SLAB ON GROUND DESIGN - INSULATED SKIRTING Corn modore Homes - 119 4;1 • The Commodore Corporation Orig, 2/7117 SE'Arl:IN)) AM! NI-CAL 1..A ION PER FRAME 1E- I !1.,WN TIc T :ON tE,,. AE) ANCI):::)FtS ETMEIE-, P) INTL)K. AFT 1>1 Ei ANCHOII TAN) !F ACT 5/Ii P INSTittiG I 2. Ala UM I-IT UNIT-A FRAME UL AM MA ISO t IN) — IL IN) Or(F;I: SLAP (ST L E SKIRT 011i AS NEI[TFI> (OP I VTNAL) 111 iAVEI C MINIM) CM DELP 1 I I TITENE.ATH SI AP Al ANY I'L>IN T TYPICAL MATE ANDMAINI4AP PT ii SUPPORTS ARE ''i-H SET LIP MAN Al „„, . ii=ii=u1=11--=11=11=11=11=11=11=11=111=-41=11=11=i1- REDOWN SPACING AND INSTAL I AT ION PER FRAME TIEDOWN SECT ION SKIR ! IN, AS NE!: (OPTIONAL ) SINGLE WIDE 12" Min I eri'7, 12' Mr', :1 or less Al-: 14" Mir, F AL lES Min (fl 25(1' or ()realer AEI * AF I 1:> air Irt)e.7ing index See page A 19.6 SL OFF GI i0IJI\ID AWAY FAQ NIER 01 HOME Typ, Irof1.i,n undo' slab as spejfied per tabt.e. bo'oovL SINGLE WIDE HOME (2)10 EiELIAR CONTINUOUS AROUND TIlL PERIMETER OR AS REQUIRED BY ANCHOR MEOTI. CONCRETE Si AB '.101E 2) D'CiWN INTOSLAP ANCHORS EMBEDDED INTO SI AD PE H ANCHOII MANUF ACT UREA INSTRUCTIONS SAME AS sE I SPECIFIED N 2 - ABOVE maw Immillamol .„. ra ?"!„ • ."! eBri ;Li; 6.1.1 6.4 Wei Wm; moot am, 6..• woo mom mom woos own 411111M •••• = = •••• NM, 41.1111 = = = = = = = TYPICAL MAIN RAIL PIER SUPPORTS ARE PHA SET LIP MANUAL GRAVE) 6" MINIMUM DEPTH BENEATH SLAB AT _cx ANY POINT SLOPE GROUND AWAY F HO (,LN IC Ft OF HOME PROGRESSIVE ENGINEERING, INC. 58640 STATE ROAD 15 GOSHEN, IN 46528 54 4 -5 33- 0337 M n. 2 cKiling SEE NOTE 2 LYE. INSULATION UNDER SLAB AS SPECIFIED PER TAT3I F HI-LOW. SLOPE AND FINAI ORAL IF 4" MIN. ACCORDING TO I ()CAI COLA: REOLIIRFMENTS PT:IA SITE CONTI:HONS. 1 CONTINUOUS SLAB INSULATION RECT REMENTS (PER TABLE 8 OF SEI/ASCE 3 - 1) AIR FRFF/ING INDEX (See page A 19,6)--2 Dg REQUIRED R- VALUE * A s sumes Mean Annual lump. 41' I- 7511 OR I FSS 30' 5.5 1500 49' 6,5 221(0 63' 9.9 3000 LT 13.9 * INSULATION IS REDUCED AY 0.3 FOR TT VALUE OF 6' MINIMUM CONCRF III SLAB 12" min. TYP. INSUI AT ION TINDER SLAB 1— :t 0" to 2" (2)114 REBAR CONTINUOUS AROUND THE PERIMEIEI I 014 AS REOUITIFO HY ANCHOR MI-GI:I NONE 4" SCREENED AND WASHED GRAVEL OR C.:FIUSHED STONE. DRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL CODES RASED UPON SITE. CONDITIONS. ADDENDUM TO HUD INSTALLATION MANUAL (ALT. TYPICAL SLAB-ON-GROUND REQUIREMENTS USING INSULATED SLAB OPTION) NOTES 1. SITE ONLY ON WELL DRAINED S011 WITH AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTEN ii ENS 1l-IAN 25% TO FROST DEPTH. SOIL CONDITIONS AS INDIC,ATER AI IF ADEQUA1L FOR SLAP INSTALLED ABOVE FROST LINE. 2 THE THICKNESS OF "I HE SLAB IS SET AT 6* FOR AN ASSUMED 2000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACIM TOR 1000 PSF MIN. S011, HEARING CAPACITY. USE IF THICK CONCRETE STAB. CONCEIT: IF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH : 3500 PSI MIN. 3. All INSULAT ION SHALT BE EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE TYPE V. VI, OR VII PER ASTM CS/H. 4. SLAB INSULATION IS NOT REWIRED AND SKIRTING IS NISI NEEDED IF SLAB IS PLACED ON A LAYER OF WELL DRAINED, UNDISTURBED GROUND OR VILE THAT TS NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO FROST , CLASSIFICATION OF FROST SUSCEPTIBILITY OF SOIL SHALE FIE DEIF1IMINED BY A SOILS OR GEO' OGICAL ENGINEER UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. THE DEMI WINN ION PROVIDED TEl THE LAH.I BY THE SOILS ENGINEER SHAT I INCLUDE DATA THAT DESCRIBES 1 HE SOIL CONDITIONS TEl A MINIMUM DEP IT THAT INCL UDES THE FROST DEPTH. 5 REFER TEl INSTALLATION INSTRUCT IONS FOR ANCHOR TIE DOWN REQUIREMENTS AND SPACING REFER 10 ANCIIOR MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALI OTHER REQUIREMENTS. CL [TI-I-Eu TO l'AGE A 19.6 OF THIS SET FOR REQUIIIED SLAB INSULATION LENGTH AND ti-VALUES PER GEOGRAPHIC I OCA I ION BY STATE AND COUNTY. EELERAL MANI IF AC' r11141 rj HOUSING i.ONS TRU( I ION A-19.5 )3. sr ;3 ALT. TYP. SLAB ON GROUND DESIGN - INSULATED SLAB OPTION 4 04 Commodore Homes - 120 911612920 16 16 Is ALONG WALLS Al CORNERS I,LANI is Ai._ TONS I SAif A-19.6 Rev. 9/4/20 04 9/1612020 AIR FREEZING INDEX INFORMATION FOR SLAB INSULATION N-VALUE & DIMENSIONS Commodore Homes - 121 The Com ,Corporation Ong :2, :1 AT FREEZING MIN. FOOTING HORiZONTAL INSULATION DIMENSIONS (INCHES) VERTICAL HORIZON 'l AL INSULATION k-VALUE INDEX (NOTE I ) DEPTL INsui ATION (SEE DETAIL - A BLLOW) MIN. FOOTING DEPTH AND INSULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FROST PROTECTED FOOTINGS IN HEATED BUILDINGS ---r B C NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NO1 REQUIRED 24 40 24 40 30 60 36 (30 2,000 3,000 3,500 (Inches) R-VALUE 12 4,5 14 06 16 L7 10 7,8 NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NO1 REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED 4.9 8.6 11,2 24 12 12 1. REFER TO LOCATION CHART BELOW LISTED BY STATE AND COUNTY TO DETERMINE PROPER AIR FREEZING INDEX PER LOCALITY. FOR STATES NOT LISTED ON CHART BELOW, REFER TO IRC - TABLE 403.3(2). 2. INFORMATION SHOWN ON THIS PAGE IS PER SECTION R403.3 OF THE INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE AIR FREEZING INDEX FOR STATES BY COUNTY AIR FREEZING INDEX STATE 1,500 OR LESS 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 CT All counties ' Hartford, Litchfield -- DE All counties _ _ MA All counties not listed Berkshire, Franklin, Hampden„ Worcester — MD All counties — — — ME York Knox, Lincoln, Sagadahoc Androscoggin, Cumberland, I lancock, Kennebee, Waldo, Washington Aroostook, Franklin, Oxford, Penobscot, Piscataquuis, Somerset — NH — All counties not listed — Carroll, Coos, Grafton NJ All counties — -0, c Albany, Bronx, Cayuga, ' lumbia, Cortland, Cuteness, Genessee, Kings, Livingston, Monroe, Nassau, New York, N ' Niagara, Onondaga, (mane, • Orange, Orleans, Ritnarn, IQueens, Richmond, Rockland, I Seneca, Suffolk, Wayne, Weschester, Yates All counties riot listed Clinton, Essex, Franklin, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, St, Lavvrence, Warren 4 ( . .. • .1. .r.- ./f: . OPO %- AL : 4 ,.. .. ,.- ,e.---- '11. ES LTI 8 GOSVIENI . . , . — . . , „ , r 5IOVSICAETNb9IRNOE. .44-533-0337 / ;.£1 ,., IN 413.)P -: ,-----2,, . — ' , ••• . • , , ' 4 - l• • PA All counties not listed Burks, Blair, Bradford. Cambria, Cameron, Centre, Clarion, Clearfield, Clinton, Crawford, Elk, Forest, Huntingdon, Indiana, Jefferson, Lackawanna, [yearning, McKean, Pike, Potter, Susquehanna, Tinge, Venango, Warren, Wayne, Wyoming — RI All counties ..„.. , l;, ' 1,5 il • . , ' ; • l I • All counties — _ - - ' , , _ Bennington, Grand Isle, Rutland, Windham Addison, Chiltenden, Franklin, Orange, Washington, Windsor Caledonia, Essex, Lamoillie, Orleans i .,,..,,.., _ _ ., , '' -1 ,,,• / , WV All counties .-i-4/.41 qj LNG, INL 15 S NOTES: t` F days) 500 OR LESS 2,000 FOUNDATION PERIMETER DETAIL - A (HORIZONTAL INSULATION PLAN) 6' slab reinforced slab with 6" x 6" x 1.4 x W 1.4 (10 Go by 10 Ga.) wire mesh Thickened slab centered under mating line — n" w!de. deep reinforced #4's B Saw Gut Control Joint \O \I\ /;)\-/\\ a \ A I J /f Plan View Thickened slob L'Jgc. 111 wide x la" deep with reinforced 2 #4's —nese Ihi okened slab sections are required for multi - section units but not lequilud for a single section unit, A The Commodore Homes Alternative Slab - Wi (Pgs. A-19.7.1 thru A-19.7.2) State of Wisconsin acceptable slab on grade for pier supported manufactured home produced on or after April 1, 2007 [per SPS 321.40 (1)] x 6" V4 1.4 x V4 1.4 ( 0 Ga. X 1: Ga) Wire mesh to he minimum 3" dear on bottom of slab & minimum 2 c!ear or ton. Landed at least 12" 10" 01, Vapor Liai Er to 10" Min thickness Sand or Gravel base under entire slab Section A-A Note: Perimeter insulation is NOT required. 6 10" 2 # 4 bars with innimuni 3" clear from outside of concrete on sides id bottom; 1 clear between oars. Except at corners, shall be overlapped at least 24 • Section B-B E RAt fulANUF ACHIM-LI ,› HOUSING C.ONS TRuCT ION SAFE STANDARDS r Rev, 08-20-2017 A-19.7.1 Commodore Homes - 122 Page 1 of 2 . 001 i i 1 I i ‘‘.‘ a. C 0 ,I,‘\-",, N. ., • .. N. . . DAVID E. LINTZ .; 6• CH II- / b' 'PtVI 1 imitations: 1. Minimum 3.000 psi concrete. [24 CFR 3285.312(0( I )(ii)l 2. 14[bar and mesh at least g[tade 40. 3. Soil bearing capacity at least 2,000 psf. [SPS 321.40 (2) .(b) 2.1 The son hearing capacity shall he determined through test by a pocket penetrometer or other means of analysis. If the soil bearing capacity under each intended pier location .s less than 2000 pounds per square foot, piers shal he located in accordance \\EIJI the nianufactureris instructions. [SPS 32 1.1(t 1)(j).7 This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.202(a): Whore a community-wide soil lost. d:_lesrir-rt exist and a soil test is required hy this chapter., sttch as for a proposed frost-free-foundation design, the test shal be conc.-Iticted to determine the soils in the entire coirmtinity rather than at an individual site, Placed on undisturbed soil. May not be placed on unprepared fill material, organic soil, alluvial soil ., mud, or frozen soil. [SPS 321.10 (2) (b) 1. and 21 CFR 3285.312(a)] 5. 8 to 10" of clean, gitaded sand, gravel, or crushed stone base in clay soils. [SPS 321.20 (2) with added thickness to resist frost.] Compaction oF sand, etc., should he 95% of modified Proctor. 6. 6 rhil vapor retarder overlapped 12 inches and sealed. [24 CFR 3285.201 7.I'Oaximuni pier spacing of 7 feet with max. load per pier of 5.300 lbs, when placed on 6" thick slab. [SPS 321.10(2) (b) 10. and 24 CFR 3285.3101 8. Maximum load per pier of 11,900 lbs. at mating line when centered on the 20" W. X 10" D. thickened slab. Section B-B, reinforced with 2 - 4 bars. Individual pier footings at mating line meeting sizing, requirements in 21 CFR 3285 Table to 1285.312 May be used in lieu olcont.intious thickened slob. 12,1 ('FR 3285.312(01 9. Site shall drain away from the home per SPS 321.12. Ensure drainage of sand fill zone so that any clay does not cause water to pool under the slab, 10. The water table may not be above the frost penetration depth, i.e. at leas[ 4 fuel below grade. [.SPS 321.16 (1) (a)1 11. Saw cut joints in slab so that sections arc approximately square. (Example: 16'h by 76' slab = 4 seements.) 12. Anchors and tie-downs per manufacturer's requirements. O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED tiousitic, CONSTRUCTION :105 SAFE TY STANDARDS 73 0 311 :i1201 Rev. 013-29-2017 A-19.7.2 Page 2 of 2 Commodore Homes - 123 0 m Foundation Alternatives to Installation Intructions The Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards (Part 3285) recognize that it is impossible for the home manufacturer's installation manual to include provisions for every circumstance that may be found at the homes' installation location. As a result, 93285.2(c) provides conditions under which it is acceptable for an installer to provide an alternative foundation system that deviates from the manufacturer's installation manual. Commodore Homes consents to variations to its installation insructions when the alternate designs meet all the following criteria: 1. Alternate design must be prepared and certified by a registered professional engineer or registered architect. 2. The support and anchorage of the manufactured home must be consistent with the manu factured home design. 3. The sealed design must state that it conforms to all the requirements of the MHCSS. 4. The design must conform to the requirements of the local code and the acceptance of local authority having jurisdiction where the manufactured home is being installed. 5. The design provides a complete load path from the house to the ground including all house-to-foundation connections. This letter along with the approval stamp of Commodore's DAPIA, RADCO Inc. constitutes the manufacturer and DAPIA approval for the alternative foundation system that is required by 3285.2(c)(1)(ii). It is the responsibility of the design professional to certify that the alternate design meets the re- quirements of this letter. It is the responsibility of the local authority having jurisdiction to determine if the design as provided by the design professional is suitable for the location where the home is intended to be placed. Neither Commodore nor RADCO Inc. assumes any responsibility for the construction or perfor- mance of any alternative foundation system. fERAL AC:14 f-,1 'USING CONSTRUE: I ION Ar sAFF ST-411[14RD% I A-19.55 - Commodore Homes - 124 E', HhtE hLi iT7-Eh 1 iT ..•F HTE H_ FF 7 ET [TE T h .E 7H-- hi FF. FT Er.',EE F H "E i.h-TE E F E -E I E E_T. E T HT [r I. Ti EL A-20 -Commodore Homes- 125 ()FEDERAL MANUFACTURfD > FIOUSING CONSTRUCTION F SAFETY STANDARDS xi 0 m<c" LL p 3115/261 W I- 0(7) cez 00 m z wo z 0 0°-1= O— P i_co 0 0 w wo_ ww no a> _c a <1.-- Z ? `.6 UJ - CLOD 6 _o a I-w . cr) o o LUOF". 2) 1-1-1.< Ei g =m° ±72 CL0 1-m 1 k , 1 7 ) z §2 EZ,,, .:C (/)-8 o ,- -I U) - - cli; ?c, cco, Ec, =o, / 1-.(1; --:-a-23 70 / ci) / ‹. '6 ,3 w3 -,. , / a_c2 2. / off -(6'6 I i- m -oow I a 0 0 2, I L.LJ a_ mm ,. I z O EE \ iu-71 \ < :i -19 . c.,) tr, . u_ x ... . ,,-- a C es 4> MA TE WA L L ( TY P) 0 0 0 I- MOD U LE TO MOD U L E CO NN E CT I ON S PE R ST D IN ST A L L A TI O N MA NU AL L Wa Loi , > O 0 o 5 < w Lc -1 O p in H 9_)z W (i) 1± op CV co c) _JO <z 0 00 ( wco 3 wwHi= I= Z cn< z _1 0 < Z M cO 0 c0 Di-mw I-Hocr W --0 zw< ZQ F- zu),_Lu 0<co 0°3 0 o_ WH E RE MA T E CO NN E C T I O N WA L L S OCC U R U) 0 z cc 0 0_ 0_ 0 1- L. u 0 CC CC (..13 0 ,-,z < 0- C1_,..,1- 0 _ i= 0 0 z moWLu m't-o ww o ct 0 x z O w -D I- - 0 1- IY 0 0 (..2 I= ..., < Lu Lu 1- - < _, w co ci) c:, < 0- 2 CL W --.. IX 0 U-I Z I= c‘i L. . 2 < N1 :::::: z 0 D I- CD w EE "4,_ ,_ co <=,_ z 0 0 co 43 mocs, Hceo a_ M Z (7) `- al H. CLCL al •s- i- • C[ 0 12 U C.) z CD 67 -. - < --- D I-u_ w .= (cO Z \k/ L u O W Z 00 2z W 0 Z 0 0,-- 0 - i- I- 0 C/) 0 LU W W DO <1-Z W - Q.00 0 LU W 0- W< Q. 1- CL 0 U_ F- 0 (nZ uJ z 0 (/) 2 Lu Z i_ U_ >2 W ° 0 ci) < z 5 z Lij< WOO w < < L11 CC Z U >- 5 cc 0 0 r w 0 u_<0 O p a- < 0 z i= —1 _1 1— 0 0 < (1.) 8 U- Z Z 2 0 z f2 ~ Lu 0 _j 0 Z W F- I-I- 0 EL.W<O N IY cc LLI 0 0 0 Z Z LL LL <Tic < < LU Z DDD 0 0 ZZ Z c/) 0<<Lu Lli 2 2 2 2 (7) LU 6 0z 0z 2 u = = = OF O W -J _I -I 'Tjt co-j 2 I- I- 1- w w w < 0 Z Z Z ° Z 6 6 6 °- 0 1— 1—I— (/) ci) (/) < c.) OF_ 12 12 ow cow < rx a_ e/5 W L1.1 W U_ LL U_ Cn LLI WWWiD cc u_ 0 Z (<1 (.6 Lci O U) 0 z cf) U) z 0 W z z 0 Z 0 cq 0 A p o W Z LLI 0 Z < 5 w o w wa J _ a_ co _I- co W H Et '<0 1- co u_ z c.c.www-' w 0---i 0 IF----1 cei- -lui wwa- m0 <()OZE-<I__m <H-u) (0,7)i002z < i wwwwH w z,oz -z> cLoozw00 g z , Lu 1.- 1- 1= _, 1-ww 0 _, i_ol-x < w o owL.L__,z 5 U-, < zLuZLuo rn z5- 0 111±1 < m z Z IX 0 zc7) i < L u - -11c ), y LT Lucomrpzu-I Lu 0 HZ I- =, 0 I- Z < 7_ T a) Lu 0 1-1- < 0 Lux0 Z wHZ CC I-- < 2 c/i 0 W 1,- Lu- m 5 -I WULLJCOLL1-,..-(/) LI <I= 8 ,_. <0 z 2 amen' Information and Details. A-21 - Commodore Homes - 126 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 For sectional home, factory has installed removable peak sections of rake trim. These are to be removed and trimmed to fit after home is set. (See gable end trim at peak below) Factory Installed Metal roofing Typ. See Ridge CapNent Detail below NON-HINGED SECTIONAL HOME WITH FACTORY INSTALLED RAISED SEAM METAL ROOFING Roof peak (Site Installed) Formed ridge vent closure material applied to top end of roof panels with self adhering backing. Metal roof cap. End splices lapped 6" min. with butyl strip. (1) 2" metal roofing screw cap to each high rib of metal roof panels Home roof mated together in accordance with standard home Installation Instruction Manual. Decking stops at ridge as typical to allow for min. 1" air flow at peak. SITE INSTALLED METAL ROOF RIDGE CAP - SECTIONAL HOMES THE FOLLOWING ADDRESSES THE GENERAL APPLICATION INFORMATION FOR "MAC-RIB" 29 GAUGE METAL ROOF SITE INSTALLATION ELEMENTS. SECTIONAL HOMES WILL REQUIRE SITE INSTALLATION OF TOP PORTION OF GABLE END TRIM ANDTHE RIDGE CAP. FOR SINGLE WIDE HOMES, THE METAL ROOF HAS BEEN COMPLETED AT THE FACTORY AND REQUIRES NO SITE INSTALLATION ROOFING PROCEDURES. 24" o.c. max. into 1" 1\ipo. zire0.0 Gable end trim rail fastened AVI Remove top sections of gable trim (3' to 4') before setting home together. Reinstall gable trim sections trimmed to lap over each other at home center and at least 6" at rake joint. Lap trimmed top section over permanently factory installed section each side using butyl sealant and maintaining a miniumum lap of 6" at the rake trim joint. GABLE END TRIM AT PEAK Gable end METAL ROOF RIDGE CAP / VENT DETAIL ® Apply shipped loose formed ridge vent closure material for ridge vent. 0 Install shipped loose ridge vent component as shown. End laps on metal vent cap sections to be sealed with shipped loose butyl strip and lapped 6" minimum. - Commodore Homes - 127 A-22 Decking is to be covered with an appropriate vapor barrier. Tyvek roofing liner or Titanium roofing underlayment is to be used. Verical Lap Joint at site installed metal drop-in closure Typical shipped loose metal to complete roof at peak drop-in For Ridge CapNent See Pgs. A-22.2 & A-22.3 Apply rake end trim as required to close ends of gable metal (See Sec. A-A) Typical metal lap line at drop in Typical metal lap line at For Splice Lap detail main roof hinge line See Pgs. A-22.2 & A-22.3 For Splice Lap detail See Pgs. A-22.2 & A-22.3 p 1E.1 Ind ciT 10 04 10W2021 Non-lipped edge 1" k- 1" ahT Roof decking Mini rib [Lipped edge 9" 9" I 9" PANEL FASTENING Fasteners 9" O.C. typ. TYPICAL STEEL PANEL SECTION TOP VIEW DETAIL -A \ Screw through 1" lip 24" o.c. max. GT 10 Gable trim Butyl tape mastic for 2/12 or under RAKE END TRIM B-B Rake trim from eave to main hinge is permanently installed at factory. Rake trim to complete gable ends is shipped loose for on site installation to peak of home. End laps ar€ 6" with butyl sealant strip across laps. A-22.1 9" CD 2 c\I - Commodore Homes - 128 WIND ZONE 2 : Within 36" of the roof edge about the perimeter of the roof, fastener spacing must be reduced from 24" o.c. to 8" o.c. along the sloped plane of the roof. Roof decking to be min. 3/8" structural sheathing installed with long dimension perpendicular to roof framing supports and fastened within 36" of gable ends at 4" maximum spacing (edges & field) and 6" o.c. all other areas. METAL ROOF SITE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES - HINGED ROOF HOMES APPLIES TO HOMES WHICH HAVE A HINGED TRUSS TOP CHORD THE FOLLOWING ADDRESSES THE GENERAL APPLICATION INFORMATION FOR "MAC-RIB" 29 GAUGE METAL ROOF SITE INSTALLATION ELEMENTS. THE MAJORITY OF THE METAL ROOF HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN THE FACTORY. MATERIALS, FASTENERS, AND SEALANTS HAVE BEEN SHIPPED LOOSE FOR ON SITE COMPLETION AND CLOSE UP OF THE METAL ROOFING SYSTEM. Mac-Rib 29 ga. roof panel (Typ) Metal roof panels are shipped loose in 3' wide sections Panel joint as shown below. Lipped edge of panel is overlapped by adjacent panel non-lipped edge. Fasten panel to decking with min. #10 X 1" metal to wood roof metal screw spaced 24" o.c. along side of each high rib. Center fastener between high rib and closest mini rib on panel. (About 1" from base of high rib. See below and DETAIL-A) High rib Metal roofing joint rib Roof decking Where a panel end splice lap is necessary, top panel is to overlap previously installed panel by at least 6 inches. Use butyl tape strip along joint as well. Refer to Detail -A on page A-22.1 for fastening. SPLICE LAP Applicable where shipped loose metal roof panels or hinged roof panels must overlap factory installed panels after roof is raised and peak framing is installed in place . Butyl tape 0 Formed ridge vent closure material applied to top end of roof panels with self adhering backing. 0 Shipped loose metal roof panels installed at peak Metal roof cap. End splices lapped 6" min. with butyl strip. __,----.....„ (1) 2" metal roofing screw cap to each high rib of metal roof panels RIDGE CAP / VENT OC) Decking stops at ridge as typical to allow for min. 1" air flow at peak. O Install peak drop-in sections and decking according to standard Installation Manual. Insure that proper gap is maintained along peak for ridge ventilation. ® Apply Tyvec roofing liner or Titanium roofing underlayment, (supplied in shipped loose materials), over the decking. This material may already be in place and rolled back on factory installed roof. © Apply shipped loose metal peak panels. Refer to page A-22.1 for general lap and fastening information. Metal should run to top edge of decking installed in step 0. ® Apply shipped loose formed ridge vent closure material for ridge vent. Install shipped loose ridge vent component as shown. 0 Install shipped loose Rake End Trim at all completed gable ends of home. Refer to Section A-A page A-22.1 for typical detail. Lower stationary panels Metal roof panels factory installed to accommodate min. required 6" lap of roofing when roof is raised on site. When roof is raised, insure that hinged section panels exactly align with lower factory installed stationary panels and nest in place before fastening. ROOF IN SHIPPING POSITION 1 - Commodore Homes - 129 A-22.2 Refer to applicable AC documents for required inspections where applicable ISupp emental Information and Details ii See Peak )etail this page ROOF IN RAISED POSITION Note: Appropriate length of Gable End Trim and adequate fasteners shipped loose for installation on site by others after roof is raised and secured. Site installed shipped loose metal panels Factory installed metal panels See Lap Detail Factory installed metal panels SITE CONNECTION Min. 6" metal lap when roof is in raised position Place fastener at 1" to 2" from edge of overlapped panel at 9" o.c. per Detail-A on page A-22.1 Refer also to A-22.2 Splice Lap detail for butyl tape sealant application. 1. Install peak drop-in according to standard installation instruction manual. 2. Fasten shipped loose OSB decking & metal underlayment material to peak sections. Butt decking section tight to factory installed Butyl tape decking. Use 7/16 x 1-1/8 x 16ga staples 4" o.c. along supported edges and 6" o.c. into drop-in field framing. HINGE LAP DETAIL ..74,1ki 41.1i r 41,P} -*`,14C TRU*: & SAFI T ANL; APD 04 10/51 1 4. Install Ridge Vent per RidgeCapNent Peak panel to Detail achieve min. 6" lap over factory installed metal panel on top chord Underlayment 3. Factory shipped loose peak panel installed per A-22.1 Detail-A Factory installed decking & metal roofing. MATERIALS, FASTENERS, AND SEALANTS HAVE BEEN SHIPPED LOOSED FOR SITE COMPLETION OF ROOF AND RIDGE VENT INSTALLATION. - Commodore Homes - 130 A-22.3 Roof Underlayment (TYP) Refer to applicable AC documents and/or installation instructions for gas furnace or WH connections and inspections WHERE STACK OCCURS IN HINGED ROOF SECTION, STACK MUST BE COMPLETED AND PROPERLY TERMINATED ON SITE ACCORDING TO STACK MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS All roof penetrations for electrical, plumbing, or mechanical systems shall be properly flashed and sealed. Where metal roof membrane is penetrated, the flashings at the penetrations shall be secured in a manner that all flashing screws are held by the min. 7/16" roof decking. The stack centerline must be located and stack hole cut through metal roofing and decking to align exactly with flue. Re-install metal roof panel over stack cut out. Secure roof panel back in place with new roof screws. Metal roof panel must be removed prior to installation of stack flange to decking. Stack base flange (shipped loose) LLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLL LLLLLLLL LLLLLLLL LLLLLLL LLLL LLLLL. L Site install Furnace stack base flange over roof underlayment centered on furnace stack hole and secure to decking per stack flange installation insturctions. LL LLL LLLL LLLL LLLL LLLLL LLLLL LLLLL LLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLL LLLL Prior to stack termination, flexible formed stack roof boot installed and sealed according to roof boot/flange installation instructions Stack termination cap assy per mfgr. instructions ( Where applicable) A Pluming vent conn. (TYP) - Commodore Homes - 131 A-22.4 NOTE Thispage describes steps for furnace or WH on-site stack installation. For DWV stack installation in the hinged roof area, steps B, C, & D do not apply. PI- ) / . ./...;;''':•;;;:ii.F.,;:: •-..::::::::::::::::::-:::: :.:'''... 4" FOR FOOTING SIZES FOR SOIL CAPACITIES OTHER THAN 2500 PSF, REFER TO FOOTING DIMENSION CHART IN INSTALLATION MANUAL FOOTINGS ARE REQUIRED (RATED FOR 2.0 K MIN.) ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL EXTERIOR DOORS LOCATED IN THE SIDE WALLS (OR SEE ALT. FLOOR REINFORCEMENT), AND ANY OPENINGS IN THE SIDE WALL THAT ARE 4' OR MORE IN WIDTH, INCLUDING PATIO DOORS, RECESSED ENTRIES, BAY WINDOWS, BUMP-OUTS, AND PORCHES. MAIN RAIL PIER SPACING AND LOADING PER CHART TYPICAL HOME PERIMETER LINE FOR FOOTING SIZE REFER TO CHART ABOVE VARIES (SEE FLOOR PLAN DIMENSIONS) L rz 1--I 1--1 r-n 1-1 r-I 1--1 n r1 L.-I L-J 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX HO M E W I DT H V A R I ES TY P I C A L 9 9 1 /2 MA I N R AI L S PA C IN G m,144 Ai: I ,› HOUSING CONSTRUCTION SAFE Pe STANDRI 41, 0 • Supplemental InInformation and Details TYPICAL PIER SET APPLICATION ILLUSTRATING A SINGLE WIDE HOME I-00 I INCA JILL tikkJtU UN LOUU ror USING 8" x 16" PIER USING 16" x 16" PIER FOOTING SIZE MAX. LOAD (Lbs.) FOOTING SIZE MAX. LOAD (Lbs.) 16"x 16"x 6" 4 3 K 16" x 16" x 6" 4.3K 20" x 20" x 6" 6.7K 20" x 20" x 6" 6.7K 24" x 24" x 8" *9.6 K 24" x 24" x 6" 9.7 K 30" x30" x 10" * 14.8 K 30" x30" x 8" 15.0 K 36" x 36" x 12" *20.7 K 36" x 36" x 10" *21.4K / * Concrete block piers must not exceed their design capacity of 8,000 lbs. for 8" x 16" single stacked and 16,000 lbs. for 16" x 16" double stacked blocks. Note: Footing size listed is un-reinforced cast in place concrete. The 6" cast-in-place values can be used for 4" un-reinforced pre-cast concrete footings. TYPICAL MAIN RAIL SPACING IS 99-1/2" AS INDICATED FOR SINGLE WIDE HOMES SITED IN REGIONS EXCEEDING HOMES IN GENERAL, HOWEVER THERE 30 PSF ROOF LOADING MAY REQUIRE MAY BE CONDITIONS IN PLACE THAT PERIMETER BLOCKING. FOR SUCH WILL RESULT IN LESSER SPACING SUCH CONDITIONS CONSULT INSTALLATION AS: SPECIAL ORDERS OR UNUSUALLY MANUAL AND/OR MANUFACTURER FOR NARROW WIDTH HOMES. IF THERE IS 40 PSF SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS ANY QUESTION, CONFIRM THE I-BEAM SPACING WITH THE MANUFACTURER. FRAME I-BEAM PIER LOADS (NON-PERIMETER BLOCKED HOMES) ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) PIER LOAD (LBS) PER PIER SPACING 6'-0" 8'-0" 101-0" 2 12'-0" 20 4.2 k 5.5 k 6.8 k 8.1 k 30 4.7 k 6.2 k 7.6 k 9.2 k 40 5.2 k 6.9 k 8.5 k 10.3 k NOTES: 1. FRAME BLOCKING ONLY, PERIMETER SUPPORT NOT REQUIRED EXCEPT AT OPENINGS. 2. SPACING OF PIERS ON HOMES WITH 10" I-BEAM SHALL NOT EXCEED 10.-0". HOME MUST HAVE 12" I-BEAMS TO USE 12' SPACING OPTION. 3. VALUES PER HUD 3285.303 TABLE 1 CRAWLSPACE NOTES: 1. REFER TO HOME INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL OTHER INFORMATION NOT COVERED BY THIS TYPICAL DRAWING. INSTALL PIER AND FOOTING AT EACH CORNER OF SIDE WALL WALK-OUT BAY UNITS, (CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH "FC" = 3000 PSI MINIMUM. 2. FOR DEVIATIONS FROM THIS TYPICAL FOUNDATION DESIGN AND/OR OTHER FOUNDATION DESIGNS, CONSULT A LOCAL PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER AND YOUR LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL. A-23 - Commodore Homes - 132 Rev. 2000 09/14/21 SUPPLEMENT FOR SITE ATTACHED GARAGE Important General Information 01 The information presented on this page, along with page A-24.1 is intended to provide a general overview of the HUD requirements met by this Installation Addendum for site garage add-on. Please read carefully. All of the pages that follow in this supplement to the Installation Instructions pertain to, and are the required provisions for the on-site attachment of a garage to the manufactured home. 1. EGRESS: Homes designed for on-site garage addition must be designed to provide for at least two HUD code qualifying exits in addition to the factory installed fire rated garage access door. Such exits will comply with 35' path of travel distance form sleeping areas and comply with remoteness requirements as specified by the 3280 HUD Standard. 2. FIRE SEPARATION: Type-X 5/8" gypsum is to occur where garage interfaces with home exterior wall continuous through attic area of garage. This gypsum is not factory installed due to it's vulnerability to the elements prior to final close-up. Typically the factory has shipped the home with the siding removed and a layer of required 7/16" minimum OSB installed on the outer face of the shared wall. The fire rated gypsum is to be obtained and applied according to all local codes to achieve proper fire separation between the dwelling and the garage. A typical application for fastening the gypsum is also on page A-24.5. The factory typically has also installed a required 20 minute fire rated entry door for the garage. 3. DESIGN LIMITATIONS: Homes subject to garage attachment are limited to HUD wind Zone-1 geographical locations only. The design parameters of approval limit the maximum garage size to 38' x 38' and the minimum garage size to 12' x 18' at any orientation. The roof pitch shall be no less than 2 in 12 and no greater than 7 in 12. Roof pitch limited to no greater than 4.25 in 12 on fixed pitch homes. Garage side walls to be 12'-0" in height maximum, home exterior wall height 9'-0" max. Certified trusses used on main home designed to withstand 6 psf minimum roof dead load. Roof live load design is 30 psf @ 24" o.c and 45 psf @ 16"o.c. 4. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The factory constructed home must be sited in such a manner that a full perimeter foundation wall occurs beneath the shared wall between the home and the garage with a 2 or 3 sided garage structure type - (See page A-24.5). The garage shall be independently supported by it's own foundation constructed in accordance with all local codes and the approval of the local authority having jurisdiction. The connections of the garage structure to it's foundation shall be in accordance with all local requirements. The connection of the home to it's foundation are in accordance with the DAPIA approved Commodore Installation Manual. A summary of requirements pertaining to this design are as follows: 1) Garages must be built such that garage trusses are supported by the garage walls. Support of garage trusses by the home is not allowed. 2) Commodore attached garage design assumes a two or three sided structure where the garage shares a home exterior wall as one or two of it's sides and a four sided structure where the garage is supported all four sides independently from the home. With a two or three sided garage structure, it will require reinforcement of the home shared wall for lateral support of the garage. See A-24.3 for illustration of the 3 garage cases. Shared wall reinforcements are: a) A continuous perimeter foundation support wall under the shared wall must be provided. Fasten wall to perimeter support wall with 1/2" x 7" anchors at the ends of the garage and 72" o.c. through shared area per A-24.5 b) The factory has permanently installed 7/16 osb panels on the shared wall facing the garage. 3) The osb sheathing is to be over-layed on site with type-X gypsum as required per applicable local codes. This material is necessary to achieve fire separation compliance. The fire rated gypsum is to cover the entire area where the garage interfaces with the home. The fire rated gypsum is to be obtained and installed on site in accordance with the gypsum board manufacturer's instructions and all applicable local codes. (See A-24.5) 4) Fasten garage walls and roof around the perimeter to the home with 16d nails or #8 x 3" wood screws 6" o.c. Refer also to illustrations on page A-24.4 5) Garage roof pitch is limited to 7/12 max. (4.25/12 max. on homes with fixed pitch roofs) 6) Door headers in factory built walls account for structural door headers of home only. Any headers for door openings in site-built garage walls are the responsibility of the site builder. - Commodore Homes - 133 A-24 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Important General Information (Cont'd) 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION CONSIDERATIONS: Any home subject to attached garage shall be factory constructed in such a manner that no windows are blocked by the future garage location. The garage-ready home shall leave the factory in full compliance with the light and ventilation requirements of the 3280 Standard and, as such, will remain in compliance when the garage is attached. 6. DORMER CONSIDERATIONS: Homes intended for garage attachment to a side wall location may have a factory installed dormer to facilitate connection with the future garage roof . Factory-installed dormer construction has been inspected part and parcel with the manufactured home. Any dormer site set up required, shall be in accordance with the optional dormer details in the Commodore Installation Manual. Where the roof connecting dormer or cricket is site constructed it must follow the construction guidelines as described on page A-24.6. All such construction must also meet the approval of the local authority having jurisdiction. 7. FACTORY PREP FOR SITE BUILT DORMER: The sales order must specify if site built dormer home prep is to be performed by the factory. The following considerations would typically apply: a) Roof overhang at garage interface with home may be cut on site or at the factory in accordance with truss manufacturer's cut-off limitations. b) Underlayment and shingles at the intended location of the site installed dormer will be omitted and transported with shipping plastic fully weatherproofing the exposed deck area of the roof. c) Shipping of any roofing materials, sealants, flashings, or other items required to complete the site built dormer installation must be indicated on the sales order. This may be in the form of a completion "package" offered to the retailer. In what ever form this takes, plant management must determine the extent of any such provision of completion materials and coordinate with the retail network. 8. ROOF COVERING CONSIDERATION: Applications for roof covering, flashings, sealants, roof penetrations, and other roofing elements are to be applied in accordance with the roofing manufacturer instructions in concert with the ARMA Roofing Manual, and Commodore Installation manual as they apply. Refer to page A-24.8 for supplemental roof penetration and valley treatment details. 9. ROOF VENTILATION: Ridge vent ventilation for the garage connecting cricket/dormer is required. Refer to pages A-24.6 and A-24.7 for dormer roof ventilation requirements. Roof ventilation for the garage, if any, is provided on site by others in accordance with all local codes. 10. ROOF PENETRATIONS: Completion of appliance vents through the home roof or dormer on site due any hinged roof sections shall be in accordance with the appropriate SC inspection approval in place for such installations as well as the standard Commodore installation instruction manual . Refer also to supplemental roof penetration treatments pertaining to extension of DWV vents through the connecting dormer which are addressed on page A-24.8 of this supplement. 11. EXTERIOR SIDING CONSIDERATIONS: Homes which are designated for garage attachment, which also use one of the main home walls as a side, are shipped with the siding removed through the garage mating area. This area is also provided with required OSB as addressed in item 4 (2) (b). The garage separation gypsum is not factory installed. 12. PROVISIONS FOR GARAGE ELECTRICAL: An electrical circuit is provided with installed switch and switch wire terminated in a junction box to supply power for a garage light. A 20A GFCI dedicated electrical circuit is provided and terminated in a junction box to provide electrical power to the garage area. These factory installed junction boxes are to be located in a readily accessible location on garage side of the home. All site wiring of the garage is by local qualified personnel in accordance with all local codes and the authority having jurisdiction. Electrical boxes located on firewall must be metal or otherwise listed for use with 1-hour fire walls. Refer also to page A-24.8 for typical factory prep for garage electrical provision. 0LOURA. ryiAr,P.1v AC rl R.f D HOUSING CilAkISTRUCTION SAFE TY STititiljARDS 0 0 04 1015/202 - Commodore Homes - 134 A-24.1 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Match home / overhang Grade Guidelines for garage construction and attachment 1.Because the main home must be designed to accommodate the site attached garage, the placement of garage relative to the home was predetermined and it is critical that the site location of the garage is consistent with the location indicated on in the specific home plan. 2. Install foundation as required by local codes. 3. Construct garage in accordance with all local codes and regulations. Trusses must span from wall to wall (rafters supported by a ridge beam are not allowed) Roof pitch (7/12 max.) Roof system, per local codes Double top plate 2x4 wall framing min. 1/2 " Anchor bolt or Treated sill plate as per code concrete floor, per code Foundation system, per code ATTACHED GARAGE OPTION IN THIS INSTRUCTION AVAILABLE TO WIND ZONE 1 ONLY Per local code requirements a) 0) 4. Factory or site built dormer to facilitate garage roof connection to home. When garage is to be installed to a side wall perpendicular to the length of the home, a roof connection to the main home roof is required. This can be accomplished by ordering the home with a standard sized factory built dormer placed at the proper location for mating to garage roof or a site constructed dormer may be built in accordance with page A-24.7 of these guidelines. When a site built dormer is constructed it must be placed on the decking surface of the main roof. If shingles are in place on the main roof, they must be removed at the dormer location. Refer to page A-24.6 for site built dormer requirements. Where the intent to install a site built dormer is communicated ahead of time to the factory, the factory will omit the roofing materials in the area of the intended dormer (if the sales order specifies) and will install trusses with the overhang cut back Refer also to item 7 of the introductory information. Flue and Plumbing Stacks In Dormer / Cricket Areas: Close attention to the location of plumbing stacks and/or chimneys is required so that locations of these elements do not occur in the roof area that is going to occupied by the garage connecting dormer or cricket. If it is not possible to avoid such locations, then the applicable SC requirements for site completion of stacks will need to be implemented at the dormer location. Under no circumstances shall such penetrations be located in the valley line of the cricket or dormer. All elements projecting at valley locations must be offset beneath the roof so that edge of the penetration is held at least 18" from the valley centerline either on the dormer roof plane or the home main roof plane. Refer to page A-24.8 for typical DVVV roof penetration and valley treatments should they become necessary. - Commodore Homes - 135 A-242 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Home factory constructed with single mono trusses at adjoining garage area Home exterior wall - Home marriage walls Typ. Garage Entry \\N NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN \\\\N Wall on site by others to support garage trusses Home wall shared with garage Refer to A-24.5 for shared wall and foundation requirements Opt. Garage Entry N. Roof peak---Y Garage Garage walls on site by others N\NNN\NN\NNNNTN\NNN\N V rry , HAL Ili T I!, T STANi 04 1,01512021 Garage walls on site by others \\\\\NNN\NNN\N\\ \ \\N\ \ Home wall shared with garage. Refer to A-24.5 for shared wall requirements A Garage Off End Wall Roof peak/ Dormer/cricket to main roof Factory provided or on site by others When on site by others refer to page A-24.6 for typical construction requirements Typ. Garage Entry 71 N, V V Garage Off Side Wall Roof peakil /i/r/rz/r/rxrrIrmr/yrryrrr TYPICAL 3-SIDED GARAGE STRUCTURE Garage with three exposed walls. Garage shares one wall with a home exterior wall. / / / / / / / / / Home wall shared with garage. Refer to A-24.5 for shared wall requirements Home marriage walls 71` Garage wall Home wall Main home floor Garage Foundation No walls shared with home. Garage supported on it's own foundation. / / / / / / TYPICAL 4-SIDED GARAGE STRUCTURE Garage completely constructed independently from home with all four walls on site by others. Garage may occur off of side wall or end wall of home. A-24.3 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Information an tails Typical Garage Attachment Cases APPLICABLE TO ALL CASES Any door opening which occurs in site built garage walls which support site installed trusses, must have appropriately designed headers for the door spans. TYPICAL 2-SIDED GARAGE STRUCTURE Garage with two exposed walls. Garage shares one wall with a home exterior wall. Dormer/cricket to main roof Factory provided or on site by others When on site by others refer to page A-24.6 for typical construction requirements A Garage Off Side Wall Roof peak/II //////////////t///////////// - Commodore Homes - 136 Garage walls on site by others rzrzrzrzrzryrz rzrzizzrzz2zrz / / / / / / Circuit and junction box is factory provided See A-24.8 for typical electrical provisions GFI All Garage recepts to be \ GFCI protected \ per code. \ Site constructed garage foundation in accordance with all local codes and the approval of the local code authority. Foundation must totally support garage structure independently of the home foundation system except tor shared wall conditions, (See A-24.3 and A-24.5). Connections of garage to the foundation otherwise are per all local codes that apply and the approval of local authority having jurisdiction. 5. Attach garage to home and garage roof to dormer per the following guidelines. Fasten first garage truss to dormer truss with 16d nails or #8 x 3" wood screws 6" o.c. spacing along top chords. (Fastening also applies to garage off of gable end of main home) Dormer ridge vents factory installed on fixed pitch roofs. Vents provided for site installation on hinged roofs. Refer to A-24.6 for site built dormer guidelines. Refer to all pages contained in this add-on garage installation document for more details and information Refer to roofing manufacturer's instructions on shingle carton for roofing installation applications and methods Main unit Finish valley per shingle manufacturer instructions. Typical method illustrated on page A-24.8 Factory built sidewall constructed with framing members located for garage attachment. Fasten garage wall studs which contact main home wall to main home with 16d nails or #8 x 3" screws 6" o.c. max. 6. Siding must not be present and Type-X fire rated gypsum must be installed through the garage area where it mates to the main home. The factory has installed required OSB through the garage mating area. See A-24.5 for details. Garage Construction Detail Information Continuous perimeter foundation required under shared wall area of 2 or 3-sided garage structures See A-24.5 for detail. \ Home side Optional window header as required by code No provision for washer/dryer in garage. Laundry must be located in the home. Garage Design Limitations: 38' x 38' max. 12' x 18' min. Wind Zone 1 Only 7/12 Roof Max - Commodore Homes - 137 A-24.4 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Factory installed 20 min. fire rated door. This door must not lead directly to a bedroom. Shared Wall See A-24.3 and A-24.5 Typical ceiling light (by others). 7 Ceiling recept in ceiling for opener (by others). GFI NOTE: No windows are allowed in shared wall between home and garage. Where ever a shared wall condition occurs between garage and home, the typical details shown in this package apply at the shared wall area. (See Typical Garage Attachmen Cases on A-24.3) Optional door and header as required by code 1/2" x 7" anchors in the shared wall embedded in foundation 6" o.c. max. Install (1) anchor per end when garage roof pitch is 4.25/12 or less. Install (2) anchors per end when garage roof pitch is 7/12 max. Fa c to ry -In s ta ll e d OS B Site installed osb continuous from base wall botttom plate onto home rim joist. Fasten with min. 2-1/4" long 15ga. staples or 0.131 nailes 4" o.c edges and 12" o.c. in field. Type-x gypsum to overlay osb extended to bottom of garage floor P.T. bottom plate 2x4 #3 spf 16" o.c. max. w/2x4 top plate & 2x4 pressure treated bottom plate ALT. SHARED WALL SUPPORT Anchor bolts same as specified in left detail at each end of 2x4 shared base wall 01 0151202 SHARED WALL AREA AND ROOF SECTION r Typical dormer tie-in for garage roof ADJOINING GARAGE ApplicablE for fixed or folding dormer 7/16" min. OSB to cover front dormer truss. Fasten to dormer truss framework and tie rail with 15ga. staples or 0.131" nails of sufficient length to achieve min. 1" penetration. Space fasteners 4" o.c. edges and 8" o.c. in field 1-1/2" x 30ga. strap 4'-0" o.c. max. fastened with (6) 16ga. x 7/16" x 2.5" staples each end. (Required strap may have been factory installed from wall to truss if eave was factory trimmed.) Truss bottom chord to be toe-fastened to ext. wall top plate with (2) #8 x 3" screws, one each side of truss #8 x 3" screw or 0.148" x 3" nail @ _ 5" o.c. through dormer area Factory installed OSB on home exterior wall shared with garage SEE NOTES 2 AND 3 BELOW FOR ATTACHMENT OF TYPE-X GYPSUM TO THE GARAGE SIDE OF SHARED WALL Factory installed OSB on home exterior wall shared with garage. This area is thoroughly covered with shipping plastic for transit. The shipping plastic is to be removed and fire rated gypsum applied as per notes. Factory insta led truss-end tie rail Sill plate bolted to foundation wall on site by others. Fasten perimeter rail of home through the shared area to the foundation sill plate #8 x 3" screw or 0.148" x 3" nail 5" o.c. perimeter rail to foundation sill plate. Required perimeter foundation wall beneath juncture of garage and home (Gravity loading: 1170 PLF) Concrete footer or slab beneath junction of garage to home. (Gravity loading 1170 plf) Notes: 1. This detail applies to conditions where a home exterior wall also serves as a garage wall. This detail does not apply to conditions where there is a site constructed bearing wall for the garage along side the home exterior wall. 2. 5/8" Type-X gypsum in accordance with local codes must be applied, over the factory installed OSB, to the entire garage side wall surface of the shared wall area. Fasten to wall with min. 1-7/8" long cement coated nails with .0915" diameter shank and 1/8" heads @ 7" o.c. or may use type-w 1-7/8" long min. drywall screws. (Or in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction). 3. Exposed nail heads to be covered with joint compound. Exposed seams to be covered with fiber tape and joint compound. (Or in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction). 4. Electrical boxes for switches and recepts may be installed in the firewall provided the boxes are metal or otherwise listed for use in 1 hour firewalls. (Or in accordance with AHJ). Also refer to item 12 on page A-24.1 5. For site built dormers, inspection access to dormer area can be achieved through front or rear gable end wall. Front & rear gable end wall panels are site installed. - Commodore Homes - 138 A-24.5 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 2X6 min. tie between rafters required. Fasten w/(10) 16d nails each end or 80% PVA glue and (4) #8 x 3" wood screws each end 101512021 '',01„P11.1i- _ :-.)t,1S TRLIC r '11,t4i111`, TYPICAL SITE CONSTRUCTED DORMER GUIDELINES (Note: Site constructed rafters must comply with this page. Listed engineered trusses may be used to accommodate any size garage dimension within the limitations of this instruction.) Dormer Ridge board 2x6 Min.Typ. 01 DORMER MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO THE MAIN ROOF DECK. IF SHINGLES ARE PRESENT, THEY MUST BE REMOVED ALONG WITH THE UNDERLAYMENT. NEW UNDERLAYMENT MUST BE INSTALLED ONTO THE DORMER ROOF DECK ONCE THE DORMER IS FASTENED IN PLACE. Site constructed dormer rafters spaced and sized per chart below. 2x6 min. valley plate fastened to each main roof truss top chord with (2) #8 x 3" screws. Fasten each rafter to valley plate with (2) #8 screws of sufficient length to achieve 1" min. penetration into plate. Install 2x3 min. uprights in dormer face truss for attachment of osb sheathing. If home arrives with finished roof and overhangs in tact, the overhangs need to be cut back through the proposed dormer area. Refer to truss design print for maximum allowable overhang cut-off. Sheath end truss with 7/16" osb and fasten with 0.131 nails or 16 ga. staples 4 o.c. edges and 8" o.c. in the field. Refer to page A-24.5 for more details WIND ZONE-1 ONLY Fasten rafters to ridge rail with (4) 0.131 nails or (4) #8 screws to achieve 1" penetration. c Fasteners may be direct or toed. See Chart DORMER SIZE FRAMING REQUIREMENTS Dormer rafters placed 16" o.c. Dormer rafters placed 24" o.c. Roof Load 30 psf 40 psf 30 psf 40 psf #2 SPF min. Rafter 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8 Max. Dmr. Width 24'-0" 30'-0" 20'-0" 28'-4" 20'-0" 251 -6" 18'-0" 23'-10" Engineered listed trusses by others must be used where ever overall dormer width exceeds 30'-0" up to max. 38'-0" NOTES: 1. Fasten site built dormer to garage roof truss with 16d nails or #8 x 3" wood screws 6" o.c. spacing along top chords. 2. Ridge vent required on dormer per page A-24.7. In addition, ventilation ports are to be cut out into main roof. Port cutouts to be minimum 12" x 12". Dormers 10'-0" wide or less require at least one cutout. Dormers greater than 101-0" in width require (2) such cutouts. 3. All necessary roofing materials for completion of dormer including: valley felt, stack extensions and flashings, underlayment, shingles, sealants, and fasteners are provided as per plant policy. 4. Refer to A-24.8 for roof penetrations through the dormer roof plane. 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 - Commodore Homes - 139 A-24.6 Shingle Illlllllt llllllllll 111111111 1111111 NOTE: RIDGE VENT APPLICATION SCHEDULES ARE BASED ON FREE AREA OF 18 sq. in. PER RUNNING FOOT OF THE RIDGE VENT. 2" 46" _1 OPNG. I 2" OPNG. 4' RIDGEVENT SECTIONS FLOOR LENGTH APPLICATION - SEE SCHEDULE DETAIL A upp men n onna son an RIDGE VENTING FOR DORMER / CRICKET 1. Determine the length of the ridge vent required per the application chart. Center the vent component on the length of the ridge as closely as possible. 2. Cut back installed dormer sheathing at the ridge per Detail-A. Sheathing to be cut back only in area to be occupied by the ridge vent. The end cut in the sheathing is to be 2" short of the actual ridge vent component being used to avoid leakage into the dormer attic area. (The opening cut for the vent should be 4" shorter than the actural vent component.) 3. Attach ridge vent to shingled as shown with 1-1/2" roofing nails through the pre-drilled holes in vent and seal as necessary. 4. Ridgecap Shingle - Use min. 1-1/2" roofing nail at each side of ridge cap over ridge vent driven at the nail line. 5. Insert end plug at each end of continuous ridge vent section. 6. If dormer rake overhangs provide actual ventilation into under dormer attic area via soffit vents and air openings in the construction, the ridge vent will complete the ventilation requirement. If soffit venting is not provided along with the ridge vent, then air ports are to be cut into the main roof decking to accommodate air movement through the main roof area of the home. Refer to site constructed dormer details on A-24.6. Ridge Cap V- Shingle Ridge Vent Cut shingle at end 7/811\ of roof sheathing Seal with roof cement in low lying areas of shingles 314" Sheathing moommoloolow SECTION A-A Truss Top Chord as necessary Approximate location of shingle nail line DORMER APPLICATION DORMER RIDGE LENGTH OF LENGTH RIDGEVENT UNDER 8' 3' MINIMUM 8' TO 14' 6' MINIMUM SEE DETAIL A OR SECTION A-A & B-B NOTE: . THE INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE IS FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATION WHEN USING RIDGE VENTS SUPPLIED BY THE HOME MANUFACTURER. WHERE OTHER VENTS ARE USED, THE VENT MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS SHALL APPLY. 1 lot HAt IVIANLIF AC t 1114 Li i-101 IS1NG CONSTRUCTION SAFE 1Y ST AWARDS xi 0 04 10151202 - Commodore Homes - 140 A-24.7 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Shingle cut to fit over pipe and set in asphalt plastic cement or butyl caulk Underlayment (TYP) Pre-formed flange placed over pipe and set in asphalt cement or butyl caulk Underlayment (TYP) Bead of asphalt plastic cement or butyl caulk between pipe and flange Upper and side shingles overlap flange and are set ii asphalt cement or butyl caul Lower part of flange overlaps lower shingles Valley centerline Extra fastener in end of shingle TYPICAL WOVEN VALLEY DETAIL SHINGLE MANUFACTURE MAY PROVIDE OTHER METHODS AS SHOWN ON THE SHINGLE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WHICH ALSO MAY BE USED NO ROOF PENETRATIONS ARE TO OCCUR WITHIN 18" OF ROOF VALLEY CENTERLINE. Home corner where garage meets home sidewall (Typ) 36" wide rolled roofing centered on valley (50 lb. or heavier) Extend end shingle at least 12" beyond valley centerline No fasteners within 6" of valley centerline Dormer Roof TYPICAL ELECTRICAL PREP FOR SITE BUILT GARAGE Junction box for garage light Typ. fire rated door in shared wall with home. Factory wired switch to junction box for required garage light. (Standard porch light would satisfy the lighting requirement). SUPPLEMENTAL ILLUSTRATIONS IN CASES WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO EXTEND STACKS THROUGH THE GARAGE CONNECTING DORMER OR CRICKET ROOF, THE ILLUSTRATED METHOD IS PROVIDED. ALWAYS INSTALL FLASHINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLASHING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. HOMES REQUIRING SITE COMPLETION OF APPLIANCE EXHAUST FLUES OR STACKS ARE SUBJECT TO SC INSPECTION PROTOCOLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SITE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED WITH THE HOME. If the garage GFCI is factory wired to a GFCI breaker-type recept on the garage shared wall, the circuit may originate from a dedicated 20A circuit breaker in the panel board. Typ. junction boxes. One providingwall switch connection for garage light and other for garage dedicated 20A GFCI circuit. Location shown is typical. Location must be readily accessible and boxes identified for use. A-24.8 - Commodore Homes - 141 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 nformation and Details ALTERNATE APPLICATION TO ALLOW MAIN RAIL TO EXTEND 3'-6" MAX. BEYOND CENTERLINE OF THE MAIN RAIL END SUPPORT PIER. MAY OCCUR AT BOTH ENDS OF HOME 3'-6" max. main rail cantilever from center of support pier (2) PIER SUPPORT BAYS 3'-6" Cant. Main rail (typ) 2nd Pier Bay .4 1st Pier Bay n n n n n nn nnn n Rigid steel bracing (typ.) to be welded each end to bottom side of main rails. Factory installed frame cross member may constitute required brace member (See note 1) J„r-1u t l 1 1 1 1 Lif--1.1 U NOTES: Rigid steel bracing spaced! 24" o.c. max through (2) pier bays beyond cantilever point 12'-0" max. Pier spacing 1. Added main rail brace members are 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" steel angle (or members of equivalent steel strength) welded to top of bottom flange or to face of bottom flange of main rails each end. Required weld to be min. 1-1/2" long x 3/16" fillet weld each end of brace member. 15'-0" MAX. UNIT WIDTH 30 PSF MAX. ROOF LOAD 9'-0" MAX. WALL HEIGHT e SAL MANUF AC TIMID> NOUSIN41 r (-NS TRUCT ION SAFE TY ST ANDARDS 73 C.) A-26 - Commodore Homes - 142 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Peak member may be hinged or separate Alternate fastening location 0 #8 X 4" Screw (3) per truss location or 16d Nail (4) per truss location Wood Shim required at all gaps Supplemental Information and Details Fasten peak together with: 16d nail or #8 wood screw or 3/8" lag of sufficient length to achieve 1-1/2" penetration into opposite ridge rail at: 16d Nails - 4" O.C. Max. Screws or Lags - 8" O.C. Max. Fasten each end to face of truss top chords with (9) 16d nails or (8) #8 x 3" wood screws. 9-1/4" Web or 2x10 Bottom Chord 0 k. Decking / I z Go , A I I I\ V\ V Fasten kneewall upright to truss bottom chord member w/*(2) #10x5" screws toed or of sufficient length to achieve 1-1/2" penetration * #8 Screws may be used provided one screw is added to the number of #10 screws specified. See & ED below For all module to module connections not shown, refer to applicable details of installation manual. Refer toCO below F I MARRIAGE WALL APPL. OPEN SPAN APPL. See installation manual for floor 0 0 MATE BEAMS INTO 1 1 ATTIC EXTEND APPL. 1 0 0 IM 1 J i i 0 - i : I connection \ 11 iii 'lio.. !h. OSB each of mating Ilkasil .4011 side line — 0 A 0 4) 0 Foundation column (Typ) ...--,,...„ B Ceiling board through open span areas -) to be continuous across mate line 1. Moisture barrier type foam in gap to insure air tight seal at attic floor where solid wood does not occur. Where foam is used, it is provided on site by others. 2. Gap at mate line shimmed with full length solid wood such as OSB. Lag points alone may be shimmed provided foam is used wherever solid wood barrier does not occur between modules. 3. Attic floor decking to be continuous across mate line or Simpson LSTA-21 tension strap each truss location fastened w/(8) 10d nails each end (16 total) 4. (2) 3/8" Lag minimum each truss bay staggered @ 24" o.c. max. to achieve min. 1-1/2" penetration into single member or 2" into multiple receiving members. 5. Simpson LSTA-21 strap across mate line at each truss location on ceiling side prior to installation of finished ceiling board. Fasten w/(8) 10d nails each end (16 total) A-27 -Commodore Homes-143- mita' Information and Delails The adjustable outrigger is a side wall support device that is braced against lower chassis beam flange. The intended use of the adjustable outrigger is to provide localized, supplemental vertical support in place of piers beneath the sides of openings in the wall. The use of the adjustable outrigger is limited to the conditions as described in the installation information below and/or the specific installation instructions for the device used. This device is typically installed at the building site and is purchased by dealer or installer, but may be ordered as a feature shipped with the home with partial installation at the factory. Typical adjustable outrigger is a three part device : (Exact specifications may vary per manufacturer) a) 1-1/2" x 7" x 1/4" steel bracket b) 3/4" Steel pipe, ASTM A531 c) Screw adjustment shaft - 3/4" x 6" all threaded rod with nut that is inserted into the pipe. End of threaded rod bears against chassis beam lower flange. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: 1) Determine the floor joist area needing support and locate the proper joists in accordance with information provided in item 5 below. Mark I-beam directly under the floor joist or joists being used in order to align O.R. 2) Adjust nut on the threaded rod so it clears the frame flange for ease of adjustment. 3) Insert threaded rod into pipe and against the frame I-beam. If tube is too long, it may be cut off as allowed per manufacturer's instructions. 4) Locate the steel bracket on the floor joist and fasten per manufacturer's instructions. In case where bracket has been pre-mounted in the factory, insert pipe receiver of bracket into outrigger pipe and adjust threaded rod accordingly. 5) Homes built to the HUD standards up to 180" maximum floor width may be supported as follows using one adjustable outrigger at each side of opening: Openings up to 6' for 20 psf roof load, 5' for 30 psf, and 4' for 40 psf. Outriggers may be used on openings up to 8' up to 30 psf roof loads when (2) outriggers are placed at each side of opening. Place one outrigger on the first floor joist which falls on the inside of the opening and one outrigger on the first floor joist outside the opening. Where a wall opening jamb falls directly over a floor joist, place one outrigger on that joist and the other to the first joist inside the opening 6) Where a standard outrigger falls on the same joist where adjustable outrigger is installed, install the adjustable outrigger directly in line with the the standard outrigger. When outrigger is adjusted, the lags on the standard outrigger may require slight loosening to allow for necessary outrigger adjustment. 7) Align door or window openings by tightening or loosening the adjustment nut. Note: The adjustable O.R. component is to be temporarily removed if the home is to be transported. These instructions are considered common for most adjustable outriggers. Tiedown Engineering, Oliver Technologies, or other manufacturers may be used provided they are equivalently designed and are installed in accordance with their listing. Wood screws per mfgr. Thrust bracket Always refer to outrigger manufacturer installation instructions for specific information and requirements ALTERNATE ADJUSTABLE OUTRIGGER APPLICATION f.=i 'FRAL !UMW ACT lifd D ej HOUSING CONSTRUCTION .. SAFE EY ST ANIIARDS 6" Max. Pipe A-28 Adjustment nut Threaded rod 04 11015/2021 - Commodore Homes - 144 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 Gable end Attachment of rafter to home same as sidewall application TYP. CARPORT ATTACHMENT AT ENDWALL OF HOME Carport construction on site by others. 12'-0" Max. Ensure that carport roof does not block air movement to home vented soffit. Site constructed carport roof connection to factory mounted rail on exterior wall shall be in accordance with site engineered design, carport installation instructions as applicable, and all local codes which apply and the approval of local authority having jurisdiction. X.•• • • • • • • • )1•.H • • • • ./ • • • • • • • • CARPORT RAFTER TO RAIL CONNECTION Factory installed rail to receive site constructed carport roof rafters Ensure that all exterior interfaces with home are adequately sealed against the elements. TYP. CARPORT ATTACHMENT AT SIDEWALL Carport construction on site by others. Applicable to single or multi-sectoin homes Home support is per DAPIA approved design in general set up manual. Mate line pier shown for multi-sectioin homes only CAMERON R TOMASBI NUMBER PE-2018006018 Carport Roof const. on site by others. Rafter dimension not to exceed factory installed rail size. 12'-0" Max. Important: Site installation must include a continuous support wall beneath the home floor perimeter through the area occupied by the carport. Support wall and footing to be designed and installed by others in accordance with site engineered design and acceptance of local authority having jurisdiction. Home tie-down through Carport area of home shall not exceed 8'-0" o.c. Where general Commodore installation manual specifies closer spacing than 81-0", the manual-specified spacing shall dictate the prevailing tie-down spacing requirement. General tie down equipment specifications per set manual apply. Required gable end support wall for carport 1-1=- — — - Std. I-beam support piers per inst. manual Notes: 1. Application is for Carport with site constructed shed-type roof construction attached to factory installed rail on home exterior wall. 2. Applicable for attachment to single wide or sectional home side or end exterior wall. This design is limited to homes with non-storage roof systems. 3. All Carport design, material, foundation support, and construction is on site by others in accordance with all local codes and the local authority having jurisdiction. Site determined Carport design shall not exceed the parameters as specified on this page. 4. Except as noted on this page, refer to Commodore installation manual for other aspects of setup including tie-down requirements and compontent specifications. INFORMATION FOR SITE- CONSTRUCTED CARPORT WHICH CONNECTS TO EXTERIOR WALL A-29 - Commodore Homes - 145 16/32 WIDE MAX 40 PSF MAX. WIND ZONE-3 MAX. NON-STORAGE 01/04/23 Rev. 2000 (Ref. B-110-20) \Collar Tie (1) 2x6 block @ 4' o.c. maximum. Fasten with (4) 16d nails or #8 x3" wood screws each end of block into each member. 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 A-30 - Commodore Homes - 146 Iner .31141111111111111.01111r _7111111111rowu Baffle for air space over insulation Installed in sections to create 1" min. continuous air flow path to vented attic. 0 r 5"AV; .1 Build-out truss top chord on site to achieve required insulation depth. (See build-out detail below) Floor decking Typ. Omit plant installed insulation if present. Build-out truss top chord on site to achieve required insulation depth. (See build-out detail below) Floor decking Typ. Omit plant installed insulation if present. Vent hole in 1" air space Recommended Attic Or Cape Insulation Method j Draft block to contact baffle Baffle for air space over insulation Alternate Attic Or Cape Insulation Method Blocking between truss bottom chords If collar tie occurs above peak member connector rails which impede air flow to the cape attic area, ventilation hole must be bored. (1) 3/4" or (2) 1/2" holes must be bored through connector rails at each truss bay to achieve attic ventilation. Hole(s) to be located near top plane of roof to receive vent air from baffled portion. 2x6 insulation built-down member of sufficient length to lap on top of collar tie back side. Minimum of (1) 16d nail to fasten end of 2x6 collar area insulation block-out to back side of collar tie 2x6 insulation built-down member to accommodate proper insulation through collar area (Size of member varies) 0 As an alternate to the fastening method shown, 8" SimpsonStrong-Drive SDS heavy duty connector screw @ 6" o.c. may be used to secure a 2x6 max. member to the top chord Cape truss knee wall 2x6 member angle cut an toe fastened in line with vertical knee wall with (3) 16d nails Insulation baffle continuous through insulated collar area to insure 1" min. air space between under side of roof decking and insulation Cape truss top chord Shade depicts insulation in collar area 1" air Typical Cape Cod or Storage Attic Insulation Build-Out ALT. INSULATION METHOD APPLICABLE FOR NON-HABITABLE STORAGE ATTIC ONLY It is recommended that the insulation methods shown on page A-30 be used. However, a less effective method is shown below in the event that the previous methods shown are not utilized for any reason. This alternate method, (which should only be used for non-habitable attic spaces), requires that gaps be provided in the attic floor decking to allow the insulated floor cavity to properly dissipate any moisture created by the warm living area directly below. Required also is a ventilation space between the bottom of the floor decking and the top of the insulation in the floor cavity which must communicate with the vented knee-wall area. Must insure 1" minimum air space above insulation communicating with vented knee wall area. (Air space to be confirmed on site prior to decking.) See Note 2 — 1" min. to 1-1/2" max. decking opening each half along peak. (Or as specified by ridge vent I installation instructions). Decking installed to provide continuous 2" min. air gaps in attic floor along each knee wall and each side of mate line. Continuous edge support for nominal 3/4" APA rated decking is not required for non-habitable, unconditioned storage attic. floor areas.(See Note 5) 2" Gap in decking Decking r Insulation Barrier to block wind driven air and to prevent insulation overflow into vented soffit. (See Note 4) Grate 1" min. air space between decking and insulation I Air flow Notes: Optional grate (provided by factory when ordered) may be installed over deck gaps to maintain walking surface and air flow. 1. Failure to ventilate unconditioned attic areas may result in wet insulation and moisture damage to the roof system and will void the warranty on homes. 2. Care is to be taken to ensure a clear air space is maintained between bottom of floor decking and top of insulation in floor cavity. This needs to be confirmed on site since insulation may shift and pile during transit and set up. 3. Inspect to confirm that air paths to under side of floor decking are not blocked at under knee wall. 4. Factory installed baffle or other method must be employed to prevent insulation from overflowing into vented soffit and/or blocking air flow from soffit to attic area. (For future habitable cape, this baffle must be a barrier against air infiltration into the porous insulation as well. Fiberglass insulation would not qualify for this air barrier material. When converting to conditioned habitable cape use methods on A-30). IMPORTANT: Two section width homes with roof pitch less than 9/12 typically ARE NOT DESIGNED FOR, and DO NOT PROVIDE FOR, required space in the attic to constitute a habitable area by code and must not be finished as such. 5. Any future conversion to living space requires that decking edges be continuously supported by blocking or by a solid T&G decking joint. is$ERAt MAp41.1 S,0,i -E rYST A K ARDS A-301 09/14/21 04 m NS TRUCTIOV - Commodore Homes - 147 Rev. 2000 10151202 0 NOTE 4 NOTE 3 NOTES 1 & 5 NOTE 2 NOTE 2 NOTE 7 .. . . .. .... . ................. ... .. .. NOTES 1 & 5 ip # emen n corm on an # FIELD INSTALLED SHEATHING ON HINGED ROOF TRUSS AT GABLE END WALLS NOTE 3 TYPICAL HINGED TRUSS NOTES : 1. ALL HOME END WALLS ARE DESIGNED FOR SHEAR VALUE AND THE TRUSS INSTALLED ABOVE THESE WALLS MUST BE SHEATHED WITH MINIMUM 3/8" APA RATED SHEATHING WHICH IS FASTENED TO THE TRUSS WITH 7/16 x 1-1/2" x 16 GAUGE STAPLES AT 6" O.C. ALONG PANEL EDGES AND 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD. AS AN ALTERNATE, 0.131 x 1-1/2 MIN. NAILS MAY BE USED AT SAME SPACING. 2. THE FIXED PORTIONS OF HINGED ROOF TRUSSES HAVE THE REQUIRED SHEATHING APPLIED AT THE FACTORY. 3. WHERE FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING DOES NOT OCCUR, THE UNSHEATHED PORTION OF THE TRUSS MUST HAVE THE SHEATHING APPLIED IN THE FIELD AFTER THE HOME ROOF IS SET UP. THE REQUIRED SHEATHING IS PROVIDED WITH THE HOME SHIP LOOSE MATERIALS FOR THE FIELD INSTALLATION OF THE SHEATHING. 4. WHERE JOINTS OCCUR IN SHEATHING, A BACKER MUST BE INSTALLED TO FACILITATE THE 6" O.C. EDGE FASTENING OF THE SHEATHING PANELS. 5. THE 12" O.C. FIELD FASTENING MUST OCCUR WHEREVER THERE IS AN EXITING TRUSS CHORD OR WEB MEMBER AVAILABLE. 6. THE REQUIRED SHEATHING IS TYPICALLY APPLIED TO THE EXTERIOR FACE OF THE HOME. IN CERTAIN APPLICATIONS WHERE AN ADJOINING GABLE ROOF IS PART OF THE MANUFACTURED UNIT, IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE TO APPLY THE TRUSS SHEATHING TO THE EXTERIOR FACE AS NORMAL. THE TRUSS SHEATHING NEED NOT LINE UP WITH THE EXTERIOR WALL SHEATHING AND, THEREFORE, MAY BE APPLIED TO EITHER FACE OF THE TRUSS IN SUCH SITUATIONS. 7. SHEATHING MAY BE NOTCHED TO ALLOW PASS THROUGH OF ROOF PURLINS OR OTHER PROJECTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. A-48-1 - Commodore Homes - 148 0 Z 0 0 I H W I OZ ›- I- LI-I 0 < LU LL LL < 0 m w Cn CC Z Z H U_ (_) 0 W Z a - < E 0 0 < w O w l w 0 co UJ -J H Z Z < Z Cn 0 Oz • cr, w 0 Z (NI ▪ < w 0 D 0 _J LL J 0 < I- CC 0 0• 1- 0 cc W O U) (S EE NO TE S 6 & 7) I <TC Cl 1-LLJ W CC 2 U) Z 0 I 0 Z U) 0 0 H H 0 _J H U) Z I H LL 0 LLJ H U) H 0 OZ _J W CO W 0 < CO (1VOIdA_L) S12Nt'd ONIN020 AE10.1.0Vd ri teib p H(.I.,1S12445 7..;.INS19.1_1( 11014 FA C TO RY I NS TA L L E D DE C KI N G P AN EL S ( TY P I C A 0 Z Un H U) I I CC 0 0 u_ Z H U) 0 w H 0 u_ 0 w 0 I _ w <Tr I a_ Z CC LL1 0 W Z 15 Z < 0- 0 U) w < H w > H w U) co 0 w U) UL w I co 0 H 0 Z Z O a 2 0 0 w co I U) 0 0 LL U) 71- >- 0 Ei_ H- 0 0 _J Z H - I H u_ z0 0 U) <cc LL 0I z0 0 00 z U 0 0 1-1-1 z 5 E Z CI) DO 0w I X CC W DO Cn LIJ LLJ > < W a_ Un U) 0 I H H w 0w I- 0 < O 0_ LLI CC CC 1- 0 u_ LLJ Un I H CC Z 0 0 w 0 LU I • < E Z H w < 2 cc w w O w < < z > - 0 W I - I H z 0 0 0 O w 0 w I- 1.1 I- I- a 01 L 0‹ DC ) c )Wul U) , _Z U) z 0<a: c wo<: 0_ Ica: d < z 0 z 2 < 0 • 0 W H O _I U) w W Cn < W 0 O H U) 1 a I- U) I- I- (T) Z U)z w W c_l a 0 I • i —) O a I w 0 cc ,-, LU W < 0 '-',., CC I _J -I v w H W W u_Z 0 CC 1 W W Z Li j I- I 0 < I 0H cn H H z 0 i cc _J LU CI W 0 W LLI W Z _IZ LL -- U) W _1 I- H U) < w I- cn I cc a) w < 111 < U_ 0 Z 0- a > I- 0 0 Z Z I Z ›- 0D 111 0 W _J WI U) H0 CC I F_ < U) I < < a 0 Z W 0 0 0 0 0 2 Z Z CC u)1- W 0 w w < .2 0- 1--- 1 w 0() Ho >- 0 CC Z < LT_ 0 z 0 U) 0 < _I < 0_ >- CO W .----- Fc U) W _I . ui u--,.., coco 0_ wu) yL) 0 ,1- 0 cc o 0 1- C.) 0 I- — Z 0 al O 1 Z U)OLU —1 W H (/) a —1 z cn _J2 D 0 1_ Ww -) 03 < _I II COI W w < U_ 0_1 _I 0wHOI 0 E H co .c- i cn 0 1— w < w H 1 cc —Jz, <Hz , H 2 11- 0 cn 0 H H 2 O 0 _7.1z cni_u) 2 Do a 0 in W U) Z cc 2 11-1 Z 0 5wo cncr u) _j W CI < I- -) Wm w < 2 w -'w 0w-rm cD (..D WI- 0w 2 l- 0 D H _J I- 0 0 cn LL W(7) —21 O Z cni— > II H O 0 H O Z 0 cn —1 < Z cc 0 -) 0 H - C.) CC I= < 1-1-1 0 I- 0 0 0 U) -J a 0CC I-U) u_< 0 Z /- 0 >7 R 0 0 w W —I UJ s""' Z _I CC tij Iii 1 CC < cc - W a I= LI- 0 I- < 0 D ,,,H I z cn __J H u_ c r ) — H c t _w > <— <— 1 0 0 2 11-1< OCCLI-cCW Z CO Z<OLLJ00w U) 4 W• ZO-ZZOLIJ 0 w <Z 00<wz a *-- 2W(7)z000Y <WO --IIEW D Z _ u) D O I-- -1 < 1- Z W Ci 2. W ET 0 0 0 rTO - D0I-z W LI- ,ni W I- a cr w Z W H I- 0 0 11 '' 0 W W 2 wZ Z IC H w HI ul W• L) ° -Q 9 12)C f.) < Z < < ° I- < CC X w < 1-1-1 <C) CC O 1 ::_i W W a- W Z w F_ 2 E._ _J U_ 1 I- CO Z 1 Z W a. W I- LL 0 0 - CC LL1 D 0 - Z 0 u) 21W2C) W (1- U) W 0 W -1 < W- w LL I 1-1-j• D 0 ° W a HWOwICC < 0 i Z I- D • < 0E HD U) ELeicn.,2 < —1 0/— 0 w o_ w ,..., H cc D W , rs w w 0 u_ w 1 Z I- W I- W U_ 0 I 1 1-- = !C < W JO , u_ 0 H w a -I u_ LJJ I- 0 LL - 1-- 0 z - < Z „c_i- i z 0 00 LI Li ju) zu) <z ,= u jcc s Lij WUZ OO w Z ° Cl- H I LI] , . . 0 I- >L.U.7 (n a cc<0L. _s_ w W i 0 Z 0C100w0L_Lit 1- 1 W 2Lij il-li 2 w0 i_i w0 w I__ I- 1 ,. Nri 004 < Z6 < 76 CC I- 03 I 0 0 d cn z0 0 Z 0 I >- a. a_ T YP I C AL F I LE D D EC KI NG REP AI R IN S TR U CTI O N 0 w 0 H I cc cn U)H 0 Z - C70 (0 Z < HZ YLL. < LTJ 0 D u) Z W cn < 0 - 2 w 0 ▪ Z H _I __I I < 0 0 H Z Z 0 U_ < < >- • H Z 0 -I (7) Z < W > 0_ 5W w 0 1-L1 cc 0- w 0 0 u) u) 0 Z 0 CI) -0 0 Wco CC < 1-ck-1 U) I 0 H u_ Z 0 Z I 0 LL 5 H. HO H 2 0 II D ui W 03 CC < < Z> C.D < < z z w E (,) - < CC 0 U) Z 0 0 CC 0_ ° W Li Z O I < L-L 0- cO rn 04 101512021 rnr - Commodore Homes - 149 AD-02 Rev. 09/14/21 2000 Insulate walls at stair well See Note 1 Supplemental Information and DWails INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLETE 7/12 ATTIC ACCESS (ACCESS DOOR LOCATED AT STAIR BASE ON MAIN FLOOR) 1. Insulate perimeter walls of stairwell enclosure with R-11 insulation. 2. Stairwell door must be solid core door rated for U-.35 max. or insulate door with R-4 insulation. Door to be weather-stripped with door sweep. Access Door to be solid core or insulated. Door to be weather-stripped. See Note 2 FOR ALL OTHER INFORMATION, REFER TO THE COMMODORE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (71 U R:AI. MANHF Ai: H Oft} -11 HOUSIN6 CONS TPLK:TiOti :AIDE T ST filiflivil)5 04 11015120211 AD-02 - Commodore Homes - 150 09/14/21 Rev. 2000 1902 Century Drive Goshen, IN 46527 (574) 534-3067 Commodore Homes INDIANA 20898 Paint Blvd. Shippenville, PA 16254 (814) 226-9210 ``COLON 20510 Paint Blvd. Shippenville, PA 16254 (814) 226-9590 Commodore Homes PENNSYLVANIA 58096 County Rd 7 Elkhart IN 46517 (574) 533-7100 www. commodorehomes.com Commodore Homes ~IlI Ni (NC TP.I_1( I 101,4 M. `1:0* I f Allf14411y+-; Di 101512021 Fri